Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Telecommunications Services / Gamma Communications plc

Gamma Communications plc

gama.l · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker gama.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Telecommunications Services
Employees 1926
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Gamma Communications plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Gamma Communications plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Our strategy  
for the future 

Contents

Gamma is an AIM-listed  
communications company.

We are a leading supplier of business 
communications services to the UK  
and Dutch markets.

Highlights

Revenue 

£284.9m +18%

Revenue grew from £242.0m  
in 2017 to £284.9m

EPS

30.0p +25%

Adjusted EPS

30.3p +31%

Dividend

9.3p +11%

EPS (fully diluted) increased  
by 25% from 24.0p in 2017 to 30.0p

Adjusted EPS (fully diluted) grew 
by 31% from 23.1p to 30.3p

Dividend grew  
by 11% from 8.4p to 9.3p

All 2017 figures, except cash and dividends, have been restated for the effects of the adoption 
of IFRS 15.

All alternative performance measures set out throughout this document are described as 
‘adjusted’ and are defined and reconciled in the Financial Review section and these definitions 
are applied consistently. Where reference is made to adjusted EPS this is stated on a fully 
diluted basis (‘FD’).

AIM Company of the Year 2018

50 

2
4
5
10
12
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
38
39
40
41
42
46

Strategic report 
Chairman’s statement 
Q&A with the Chief Executive Officer 
Chief Executive Officer’s statement 
Delivering our strategy 
Our strategy and culture in action 
Gamma at a glance 
Market trends 
Business model 
TSI case study 
Dean One case study 
Care UK case study 
Gamma Accelerate case study 
Key performance indicators 
Principal risks and uncertainties 
Business review 
  UK Indirect 
  UK Direct 
  Overseas 
Financial review 
Corporate social responsibility 
Corporate governance 
Chairman’s introduction 
to corporate governance
52
Board of Directors 
54
Leadership team 
56
Corporate governance report 
58
Audit Committee report 
60
Remuneration Committee report 
Directors’ report 
71
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities  73
Financial statements 
Independent auditor’s report 
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income 
Consolidated statement  
of financial position 
Consolidated statement of cash flows 
Consolidated statement  
of changes in equity 
Notes forming part of the  
financial statements 
Company balance sheet 
Company statement  
of changes in equity 
Notes forming part of the  
Company financial statements 
Supplementary 
information 
Company information 

82
114

79
80

116

119

115

78

81

74

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Our growth 
journey

is continuing through the ongoing 
implementation of our successful 
long term strategy. Our recent 
expansion into Europe is a clear 
milestone on our way to managed 
business growth.”

Andrew Taylor 
Chief Executive Officer

l

S
u
p
p
e
m
e
n
t
a
r
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

1

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic report 
 
 
Chairman’s statement

Working together to deliver  
our long term strategy

I am pleased to present the results  
for the year ended 31 December 2018.

Dividend
Gamma remains committed to a 
progressive dividend policy. The Board 
is therefore pleased to propose a final 
dividend, in respect of the year ended 
31 December 2018, of 6.2 pence per 
share (2017: 5.6 pence), an increase of 
11% which, subject to shareholder 
approval at the forthcoming AGM, will 
be payable on Thursday 20 June 2019  
to shareholders on the register on 
Friday 31 May 2019. When added to  
the 3.1 pence interim dividend 
(2017: 2.8 pence) this makes a total 
dividend declared of 9.3 pence for the 
year as a whole (2017: 8.4 pence).

Business development
We continue to launch new products as 
well as developing our existing product 
portfolio. As in previous years, the focus 
of our development programme has 
been to provide services that deliver both 
tangible business benefits to the end 
user and support our channel partner 
base to develop their businesses.

During the year we launched Connect, 
the fixed/mobile converged product  
that integrates a mobile user with the 
Gamma Cloud PBX service, Horizon.  
The service includes an easy to use app 
that supports advanced voicemail and 
number presentation services, and 
feedback from early adopters of the 
product has been very positive.  
We will continue to develop Horizon  
into a full Unified Communications as a 
Service (‘UCaaS’) suite (in line with our 
strategic aims) with the imminent  
launch of Collaborate.

Increasingly we are focusing on 
providing integrated services that 
support Horizon to integrate with a 
greater number of CRM systems making 
the service an integral part of the end 
user’s key business systems.

Alongside product development,  
we invest in programmes to support 
channel partners to develop and 
optimise their own business. 

Specifically we have increased our focus 
on our channel partner marketing 
platform (Accelerate) and this is now 
actively used by over 700 of our 
partners to assist them to generate and 
convert customer leads. Channel 
partners have significantly increased 
their use of our online training platform  
(The Gamma  Academy), which enables 
partners to keep up to date with new 
products and services. The platform can 
also be used to train their staff and is 
therefore cost effective for both them 
and Gamma.

In the indirect channel, our channel 
partners continue to drive growth in  
our key products:

•  BTT successfully secured the contract 
to supply SCS with a 117 site MPLS 
network.

•  Fidelity Group have again extended 

their long term commitment to 
Gamma for another two years. In total, 
they have committed to add 5,500 
Horizon seats in the next two years 
predominantly on five year terms.

•  South West Communications have 

committed to 3,000 net new Horizon 
seats per year in a strategic agreement 
for the next two years.

•  Focus Group has pledged a minimum 
of 5,700 Horizon seats per year for the 
next two years as part of a contract 
which could see them add over 10,000 
seats per year. In addition we will see  
a net growth of 750 broadband circuits 
a year, together with the selection of 
Gamma for all its new and existing 
inbound business over the same two 
year period.

The direct business continues to perform 
well across all market segments, but in 
particular our focus on Enterprise and 
Public Sector organisations is reaping the 
rewards, with significant multi-year 
contract awards including The London 
Stock Exchange for Global UCaaS and 
retailer ALDI (UK and Ireland) for an 
enterprise-wide data network. 

Overview of results
Group revenue for the year ended 
31 December 2018 increased by £42.9m 
to £284.9m (2017: £242.0m), an increase 
of 18% on the prior year. Of this increase, 
£3.4m was inorganic and was due to the 
acquisition of the DX Groep in the 
Netherlands. The organic growth pre 
acquisition was 16% and, of this, £25.7m 
came from the UK indirect channel where 
revenue increased to £210.6m (2017: 
£184.9m) while £13.8m came from the  
UK direct business which saw revenue 
increase to £70.9m (2017: £57.1m). Gross 
profit for the year rose to £132.2m, an 
increase of 22% compared to the £108.7m 
achieved in 2017, with an improvement in 
the gross margin to 46.4% (2017: 44.9%) 
due to improved product mix. EBITDA for 
the Group increased by 34% to £48.3m 
(2017: £36.0m).

Fully diluted earnings per share for the 
year increased by 25% to 30.0p 
(2017: 24.0p). Adjusted fully diluted 
earnings per share for the year 
increased by 31% to 30.3p (2017: 23.1p).

The cash generated by operations for 
the year was £40.6m compared to 
£29.9m in 2017. This represents a cash 
to adjusted EBITDA conversion ratio for 
2018 of 84% compared to 83% for 2017. 
The closing cash balance for the year 
was £35.5m compared to £31.6m at the 
end of December 2017. This cash 
balance has been maintained whilst 
spending £12.7m on capital items, 
£11.1m on acquisitions and £8.1m  
on dividends.

2

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018In the public sector the Scottish 
Government deployed a large SIP 
solution, and The Guinness Partnership 
is deploying a managed solution for 
Unified Communications, Connectivity 
and Mobility. Gamma achieved Stage 2 
Health and Social Care Network (HSCN) 
compliance, in addition to being  
awarded new contracts with Fife  
and Thurrock Councils.

Expansion into the Netherlands
The year also saw Gamma’s expansion 
into the Netherlands as part of our 
strategic decision to expand into  
Europe to gain scale. This was achieved 
through the acquisition of DX Groep 
which trades as Dean One and Schiphol 
Connect. Dean One sells a similar 
portfolio of services to Gamma through 
channel parties to SME customers. 
Schiphol Connect is a provider of 
communications and connectivity 
products to businesses in and around 
Amsterdam’s main airport.

In December 2018, Dean One 
announced a strategic partnership  
with T-Mobile in the Netherlands  
and launched a ‘Mobile Wholesale’ 
proposition across the Dutch market. 
This will allow the channel in the 
Netherlands to compete effectively  
with KPN and provide a viable mobile 
alternative to the SMR market.

On 4 February 2019 we expanded our 
presence in the Netherlands with the 
acquisition of the Nimsys group of 
companies for an initial consideration of 
EUR 4.0m (net of acquired cash and 
debt) with up to another EUR 3.6m 
payable contingent on performance in 
2019 and 2020. In 2018, Nimsys had 
revenues of EUR 3.5m and EBITDA of 
EUR 1.5m. Nimsys provides internet, 
cloud telephony and associated IT 
services primarily to the operators and 
corporate clients of premium multi-
tenant office buildings across the 
Netherlands and derives its revenue 

primarily from recurring service 
contracts with those operators and  
their tenants.

Board and employees
In May 2018, Bob Falconer, the former 
CEO, retired and stood down from the 
Board. Bob has been instrumental in the 
growth and development of Gamma for 
which we thank him and wish him a 
happy retirement. I am pleased to 
report that the Company has continued 
to benefit from Bob’s significant 
company knowledge and industry 
expertise on a part-time consultancy 
basis. Andrew Taylor joined the Board 
on 4 April and took over as CEO at the 
AGM on 23 May. Andrew has made an 
immediate and positive impact in the 
business. During the second half of this 
year, Andrew has worked with the 
management team to define the Group’s 
strategy to ensure that we continue to 
grow into the medium and long term.

As of 31 December 2018, Gamma had 
1,044 employees, an increase from  
901 at 31 December 2017. This growth is 
driven by the general expansion of the 
business (both organically and by 
acquisition) and the continued 
investment in new service development 
and changing mix of products.

The Company offered a sharesave 
scheme for the third year. Once again,  
it was particularly pleasing to see the 
exceptionally high take up, with 257 staff 
choosing to participate in the scheme 
(2017: 231).

The Board recognises the high levels  
of support and commitment from its 
staff and would like to express its  
thanks for their dedication, hard work 
and enthusiasm.

We continue to assist apprentices to 
obtain valuable work experience, to 
continue their education and to gain 
nationally recognised qualifications.  

Revenue

£284.9m 

Dividend per share

9.3p 

+18%

+11%

At present, we have thirteen apprentices 
currently employed in IT, HR, 
Infrastructure Support, Software 
Development, Sales and Customer 
Service. We have a good track record of 
offering permanent employment at the 
end of these apprenticeships, and 
expanding opportunities for apprentices 
across the business remains a priority 
for Gamma. 

We consider diversity to be an important 
part of our culture at Gamma, and run a 
number of programmes across our 
business to support and promote this. 
We are aware of the lack of diversity of 
the Board and will consider this with 
future appointments.

Outlook
The Board looks forward enthusiastically 
to 2019 and beyond. We have considered 
the effect of Brexit on the future 
performance of our businesses and have 
identified no material issues which are 
specific to Gamma. In the event of 
adverse macro-economic factor such as 
a slow-down in the UK economy, Gamma 
has a business model that delivers a very 
high percentage of recurring revenues 
that also gives greater certainty in the  
short to medium term.

As a predominantly channel-focused 
business, Gamma will continue to 
concentrate efforts and investment  
on strengthening our relationship and 
capabilities to support the channel to  
be successful. We all also ensure in the 
direct business, we continue to focus on 
growth with large enterprises and the 
Public Sector and on building on an 
already strong reputation for operational 
excellence and service quality.

Richard Last 
Chairman and Independent 
Non-Executive Director

3

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceQ&A with the Chief Executive Officer

Introducing the new 
Chief Executive Officer 
Andrew Taylor

Q. What were your highlights  
from the year?

A. There are really too many to mention, 
but I suppose if I were to choose one it 
would be having the privilege of 
collecting the AIM Company of the Year 
award on behalf of all of our staff, 
customers and channel partners.  
It is such a fantastic accolade and great 
recognition for the entire Gamma team.

Q. Can you talk a little about your  
new strategy?

A. Our new ‘Gamma 2023’ strategy is 
very focused on building on our strong 
foundations and ensuring that we deliver 
long term sustainable growth for 
Gamma and our shareholders. During 
the last six months, we have conducted a 
thorough market assessment and have 
identified four key strategic priorities for 
our business moving forward. These 
priorities are centred around developing 
a leading network-enabled UCaaS 
proposition in both the UK and Europe, 
where we believe there is a significant 
long term growth opportunity. We will 
concentrate our efforts on providing a 
very high Quality of Service for unified 
voice to the business segment, and it is 
our belief that Gamma’s service will be 
highly differentiated in the markets 
where we choose to operate. In addition 
to this, through an increased adoption of 
digital technology across our Company, 
we will ensure that we improve the way 
we operate and deliver service to our 
customers and channel partners alike, 
while creating a scalable and highly 
automated platform which will allow  
our business to grow efficiently.

Q. How is Dean One integrating  
and what lessons have you learned 
from the Dean One acquisition?

A. The DX Groep integration has gone to 
plan and the business is performing 
well, although it has only been a few 
months since we completed the 
acquisition. We have implemented an 
appropriate level of governance and are 
working with both the DX Groep and 
Gamma teams to identify specific areas 
of synergy where we can drive growth. 
Culturally, both teams are aligned and 
are working well together, and for the 
foreseeable future we aim to manage  
DX Groep as a separate entity, while 
supporting the team to grow in the 
Dutch market.

Q. What are the biggest opportunities 
over the next 12 months?

A. Developing and growing our core 
business lines (SIP, Data, Cloud PBX) in 
the UK will be our priority during the next 
12 months, as I believe that we have 
significant growth opportunities across 
each of our core product areas. I also 
think that continued disruption across 
the sector (regulatory, fibre roll-out, 
structural changes within the incumbents 
and general consolidation) will create an 
environment where both Gamma and 
our partners will never have a better 
opportunity to develop and grow our 
businesses. Ensuring that we deliver 
unbelievably good service (win the hearts 
and minds of our channel partners and 
end customers) is a prerequisite, and will 
present an opportunity to further 
strengthen our brand and market 
position. In addition to this, given the 
competition for talent within the sector  
(a drop in the attractiveness of our 
industry is causing a talent shortage),  
we have an opportunity to position 
ourselves and our new strategy in an 
extremely positive way, which I believe 
will help us attract and retain great talent 
into the businesses.

Q. What are your thoughts  
on Gamma after your first year?

A. Gamma is a really excellent business 
with great people, a high quality 
network and set of products which have 
really tapped into the growth areas in 
the UK telecommunications market. 
Gamma has been really smart, and used 
next generation technology and 
innovative business models to disrupt 
the UK market and from day one we 
have focused on automation to ensure 
that as a company our channel partners 
and customers find it really easy to do 
business with us. Simplification is at the 
heart of what we do! We have a very 
dynamic and agile commercial 
relationship with our customers and 
partners, and when you combine this 
with the investments that we have made 
in digital technology e.g. the Gamma 
Portal platform, as a company we are 
very focused on working out how we 
can enable our partners and end-
customers to be successful in the 
market and both develop and 
strengthen the profitability of  
their businesses.

4

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Chief Executive Officer’s statement

“ It seems hard to believe that I joined Gamma 
only last summer. The welcome and support 
that I have received from our staff, customers 
and channel partners during this period has 
been heart-warming.”

Introduction
The welcome and support that I have 
received from our staff, customers and 
channel partners since joining Gamma 
in April has been heart-warming, and I 
am pleased to report an excellent set of 
financial results for 2018. 

My initial focus after joining Gamma was 
to ensure that we continued to execute 
against our commitments, and that we 
provided both our staff, customers and 
channel partners with a clear sense of 
continuity in leadership, and I am happy 
that the handover with Bob Falconer 
was received positively and that we have 
continued to deliver against our 
promises in a consistent and very 
professional manner. This shorter term 
objective has been balanced with a 
renewed focus on developing a longer 
term growth strategy for Gamma, and 
during the second half of the year, we 
made significant progress in delivering a 
clear vision and set of strategic priorities 
for the future. 

Both our direct and indirect channel 
businesses have continued to perform 
strongly, and throughout 2018 we  
were awarded several new multi-year 
customer and partner contracts across 
the Mid Market, enterprise and public  
sector markets. 

In November, we were appointed as an 
accredited supplier to the Health and 
Social Care Network (HSCN), and as one 
of only a small number of accredited 
suppliers, via both our direct and 
indirect channels, Gamma can now 
provide HSCN with an extensive set of 
data network and voice services. 

We have continued to invest and 
strengthen our sales, service and 
delivery capabilities across Gamma, and 
our continued focus and investment on 
product development will deliver several 
new and exciting product launches 
during 2019. Supporting the success of 
our indirect channel partners is a 
priority, and throughout 2018 we have 
continued to develop and strengthen 
our self-serve partner portal, while 
ensuring that our digital platforms 
(Gamma Academy and Gamma 
Accelerate) enable our partners to 
create new opportunities, win market 
share and drive increased levels of 
revenue and margin. In our direct 
business, and as part of a digital 
transformation programme, we are 
implementing a new digital platform 
which will deliver improved levels of 
automation and customer service, while 
providing a more scalable and efficient 
platform for growth. 

During 2018, we received several 
industry accolades and awards, however 
everyone across Gamma was especially 
proud that we were awarded Company 
of the Year at the AIM Awards. The 
award is a testament to the hard work 
and dedication shown by Gamma’s 
employees and the support we have 
received from both our direct customers 
and our channel partners, for which we 
are enormously grateful.

Strategy
During 2018 I initiated and led an 
important project to define Gamma’s 
longer term vision and growth strategy. 
This project was supported by an 
external consultancy with input and 

leadership from Gamma’s senior 
leadership team. In addition to this, 
there was significant input from 
Gamma’s staff and other key 
stakeholders, including our partners 
and customers. I also announced earlier 
in the year that Andy Morris had been 
promoted to the newly created role of 
Chief Strategy and Operating Officer, 
which reinforces our commitment to 
both planning and executing a long term 
growth strategy and vision for Gamma.  
I am pleased to report that the first 
phase of this work has been completed 
and we presented our key conclusions  
to investors and analysts at a Capital 
Market Day in London and Edinburgh  
in early 2019.

Our strategy builds on Gamma’s strong 
foundations and focuses on delivering 
long term sustainable growth from a 
position of expertise and strength 
across our core products and markets. 
We have identified four key areas which 
we will focus on to ensure growth over 
the next five years: 

•  Evolve our cloud telephony position 
into the United Communications 
services (UCaaS) 

•  Build on our fixed and mobile telecom 

strength to differentiate our 
proposition from pure OTTs

•  Expand our geographic footprint  

into Europe

•   Continue to build on our digital 
capabilities to assure agility and 
sustain competitiveness

Strategy for long term growth  
Page 10

5

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceChief Executive Officer’s statement continued

Expansion to Europe
Related directly to our future growth 
strategy, in October 2018 we acquired 
the DX Groep, a small but growing 
telecoms group based in the 
Netherlands, comprising two entities – 
Dean One and Schiphol Connect. Dean 
One has similar attributes to Gamma, 
and is a successful channel-led business, 
focused on products that Gamma  
has strong knowledge and experience 
of. The Cloud PBX market in the 
Netherlands is similar to the UK, where 
Gamma has a track record in driving 
sustainable growth, and this is our plan 
with Dean One.

Dean One has a very similar product set 
to Gamma, selling Cloud PBX, SIP trunks, 
data products and mobile to primarily 
SME businesses via a network of over 
500 channel partners. Dean One has 
approximately 60 employees, and for 
the full year ended 31 December 2018, 
revenues were c. €15.8 million 

(unaudited) and EBITDA (adjusted for 
costs incurred in the acquisition by 
Gamma) was c. €0.8million (unaudited).

Since completion of the acquisition,  
we have received positive feedback  
from our staff and our customers and 
partners in both the UK and the 
Netherlands. It is our plan to use 
Dean One as a focal point as we look 
to broaden our geographic footprint 
in Europe over the next five years.  
In February 2019 we completed the 
acquisition of Nimsys, another business 
based in the Netherlands. We believe our 
expansion into Europe will complement 
the organic growth within the UK. 

staff. The development will also support 
the trend for larger SME businesses to 
consume unified communications 
services from a cloud-based solution 
which in turn will expand Gamma’s 
addressable market. 

We also continue to add features to our 
market leading SIP Trunking service, 
focusing on adding value to solutions 
such as Microsoft Teams for businesses 
that require quality integration to 
voice services.

As businesses continue to demand 
greater bandwidth from any location  
in order to access cloud-based 

“By continuing to grow within Europe Gamma is able 
to take advantage of the low cloud penetration and 
digitisation within the continent and therefore the 
long term growth opportunity is significant.”

Products & marketing
Gamma continues to focus on product 
developments that both add value to 
our existing offerings and open up new 
opportunities to create margin for our 
indirect channel partners and our  
direct business.

The key focus of our product 
developments for the near term is to 
add features and value to our existing 
core products and to converge existing 
services to meet the demands of 
businesses. The developments are 
targeted to support the growing 
demand for integrated communications 
that support the core line of business 
and enable channel partners to support 
their end users efficiently. 

In line with our strategy to focus on 
UCaaS, the key developments for 2019 
include an expansion to our Cloud PBX 
service (Horizon) to include additional 
UCaaS products such as enhanced 
audioconferencing, web meetings, 
presence application sharing and video 
conferencing. The introduction of these 
advanced collaboration services will 
enable the Horizon service to support 
the growing demand for businesses to 
communicate in a more integrated way 
with their customers, suppliers and 

applications, we continue to enhance 
our enabling services of data access and 
mobility, to provide secure and high 
quality services.

We will continue our focus on the 
development of value-added services 
for data and mobile access to support 
the key business needs and growth 
opportunities that we have identified.  
In 2019 this will include utilisation of 4G 
as a means of connecting customers 
who are waiting for fixed line ethernet 
service installation. This 4G service will 
also provide backup services to increase 
service availability for retail customers. 
In addition, we will launch a Managed 
WiFi service to enable businesses to 
provide segmented WiFi access for staff 
and guests. 

Our mobile connections during 2018 
increased from 35k to 50k, representing 
year on year growth of +43%. During  
the period, we also delivered several 
customer support and service related 
enhancements to our mobile service, 
including the launch of our Connect 
service and our WiFi calling application, 
which materially improves inbuilding 
wireless coverage, which is particularly 
important for Gamma’s Enterprise  
and Public Service customers.  

6

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Looking forward, mobile will form a key 
part of Gamma’s long-term growth plan, 
and a fundamental part of our UCaaS 
(Unified Communications as a Service) 
product strategy, where Gamma aims to 
provide a differentiated ‘quality assured’ 
service to business customers. In 
addition to this, in 2019 Gamma is also 
focused on establishing a more strategic 
relationship with our chosen MNO 
partner in the UK, which we believe will 
enable us to optimise and improve both 
how we operate and manage our MVNO 
business in the future. As part of this, 
our objective is to differentiate our 
mobile proposition in the UK business 
market, selling through our indirect and 
direct channel, and ensuring that we 
continue to increase our base over the 
next five years.  

During 2018, Gamma launched a set of 
Cloud applications including Cloud 
Compute and Cloud Backup. After 
reviewing the market readiness for 
these products and the focus of Gamma 
going forward, we made the decision to 
cease those services so that we could 
concentrate on the core product area  
of UCaaS. 

Another key part of our strategy is to 
continue to invest in our market-leading 
digital platforms. These support the 
sales processes of the indirect and direct 
businesses from lead generation to 
execution of the order and the ongoing 
support of the services. Ongoing 
investment in these platforms is a key 
element of the Gamma strategy to 
ensure that we are offering the buying 
experience that the customer requires 
as well as minimising the cost of 
customer acquisition and support.  
This continued focus on ensuring  
that ‘Gamma is easy to do business  
with’ forms a key part of our long  
term strategy.

Indirect business
The number of channel partners actively 
trading with Gamma has expanded 
again from 1,089 to 1,150 and revenues 
have grown by £25.7m to £210.6m in 
2018 (2017: £184.9m). The channel 
continues to account for 74% of  
our Group revenues.

During 2018 we have delivered solid 
growth across the indirect business, 
with a continued focus on both 
strengthening current channel 
relationships and identifying new 

partners. The channel team has focused 
on several key areas, with the objective 
of continuing to develop and strengthen 
Gamma’s overall channel proposition. 
These areas include cross-selling and 
upselling more of our existing products, 
selling new products and services  
into our current channel base and 
developing new partners and 
programmes to support the growth of 
their business. These areas are designed 
to further enable our channel partners 
to be more competitive and successful 
in growing market share in their 
respective market areas.

This focus has led to several success 
stories for our channel partners as they 
continue to drive growth across our key 
products, including major solutions 
delivered to Coventry Building Society, 
GAP Clothing, Specsavers, Saga, 
Admiral, Aegon and Investec.

Our business supporting other carriers 
with number hosting and number 
porting is growing well and is supported 
by a number of ‘non-traditional’ carriers 
entering the UK market, that are 
leveraging Gamma’s expertise in IP 
telephony and number porting to 
support their own business offerings.

7

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceChief Executive Officer’s statement continued

Gamma’s ‘easy to do business with’ 
programmes have delivered continued 
success for our channel partners.  
The Gamma Academy delivered over 
16,000 training courses to channel 
partners during 2018, representing 
strong engagement and participation 
across our partner base. 

Our digital marketing programme, 
Gamma Accelerate, continues to prove 
itself as a valuable tool for our channel 
partners. Designed with simplicity in 
mind, Accelerate is aimed at making it 
easy for partners to rebrand white label 
marketing material, run integrated 
campaigns to generate new leads, and 
more effectively engage with prospects 
and customers to boost sales. We now 
have over 700 partners using Accelerate 
and our aim is to give our partners every 
opportunity for growth and success. We 
have made substantial investments into 
Accelerate, continually developing new 
features, content and services around 
the platform.

During 2018, we were pleased to win a 
very special award, Best Wholesale 
Provider at the Comms Business 
Awards, which recognises wholesalers 
who have been active in creating new 
and innovative opportunities for the 
channel. The award was due to the 
outstanding operational support and 
customer service that we provide our 
channel partners – reflected in our 
recent Net Promoter Score of +45. 

Direct business
During 2018, our direct business 
delivered a very strong year with all 
business segments performing well. 
Overall, our direct business revenues 
rose to £70.9m (2017: £57.1m) assisted 
by the excellent momentum of contracts 
awarded in 2017, and combined with 
several new customer contracts won 
and delivered in this financial year. 

In the mid market, we secured more 
than 1,200 customer orders, up from 
900 in 2017. More crucially, our average 
order size is increasing, assisted by 
larger key wins as we focus on larger 
organisations. To this end, we secured 
large SIP contracts with the BGL Group, 
Shawbrook Bank and The PRA Group. 

We have continued to deliver strong 
growth in SIP, Cloud PBX and data, and 
as our overall customer base grows, we 
are focusing on reducing end user churn 
with new offers across our products 
which are designed to assist our 
partners to retain their customers. 
These bundles combine extra features 
with commercial benefits such as our 
Horizon re-sign offer, rewarding our 
partners with a re-sign bonus per 
subscription coupled with inclusive soft 
clients, enabling them to sign their 
customers on three or five year 
contracts. Rewarding partner loyalty  
is a key theme across all services and 
products, helping them grow and 
protect their customer base.

8

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Building on and executing against our 
strategic priorities will be a key focus 
during 2019, and in addition, we will 
continue to strengthen our capabilities 
across our core products, channels and 
markets, with a view to identifying 
opportunities to develop and grow our 
business further. Aligned with this will 
be a continued focus on quality and 
operational excellence, coupled with 
ensuring that we harness the skills and 
talent across Gamma to support and 
fully enable our channel partners and 
end customers to be more successful. 

At the time of writing there is increasing 
uncertainty over Brexit and there is 
speculation that this may have a 
negative effect on the UK economy as a 
whole. We do not envisage any specific 
material risk to Gamma and we note 
that in times of economic downturn, 
telecommunications has proven to be 
resilient. We are therefore confident that 
there will be continued demand for 
Gamma’s products and services.

As a final point, I would like to personally 
thank our staff, partners and customers 
for their contribution and ongoing 
support. Our performance during 2018 
has been strong, and we remain 
optimistic about Gamma’s future  
growth prospects.

Andrew Taylor 
Chief Executive Officer

Our Enterprise team has continued to 
perform exceptionally well in 2018, 
delivering key wins with Rank Group, 
Nandos and The London Stock 
Exchange. Notwithstanding this, the 
highlight of 2018 was winning a five year 
managed service contract with leading 
supermarket ALDI, where we will deliver 
one of the market’s largest ethernet 
WANs covering their 900+ estate in the 
UK and Ireland; the solution will also 
have resilience over our 4G 
mobile network.

Gamma’s Public Sector team has also 
delivered good growth throughout 2018, 
including a key central government SIP 
contract with the Scottish Government. 
Amongst other key deals, both Mid 
Essex NHS Trust and Scottish Courts and 
Tribunal have undertaken large SIP 
deployments and the YMCA has 
contracted for multiple Horizon Cloud 
PBX deployments with underlying data 
connectivity. Importantly, Gamma also 
achieved Stage 2 compliance with NHS 
Digital for Health and Social Care 
Network and is bidding for a number  
of significant opportunities.

During 2018, our direct business 
successfully achieved a monthly NPS 
over 40, which is a testament to our 
customer focus and contributing to a 
very high customer resign rate during 
the year. 

For example, the Open University  
and Taylor Wimpey extended their 
Cloud Voice and Mobile contracts  
for a further 36 months.

Network
As reported at the half year, Gamma’s 
new high capacity national optical 
network project was delivered on 
schedule and on budget. This enables 
Gamma to deliver services at 10Gb/s 
and above which increases IP capacity  
into multiple terabits/s whilst providing 
reach into major business districts for 
access into circuit provision.

In practice this means that:

•  Gamma now provides connectivity 
between the key Central Business 
Districts (‘CBD’) on the M4, M5, M6, 
M62 and M1 corridors. This allows 
Gamma to connect end customers to 
its network with high capacity 
ethernet pipes in these CBD and 
deliver our SIP or hosted services. 

•  Gamma now has greater control of the 
connectivity from the CBD across our 
network and out to the other carriers 
or internet, providing a better end 
user experience.

•  The network is more resilient due to its 
ring architecture and provision of dual 
paths (clockwise and anticlockwise) for 
customers’ traffic – if there is a fibre 
break then traffic is re-routed in the 
other direction.

•  Overall, due to improved efficiencies 
and the nature of a modern network 
architecture, we are able to 
reduce costs. 

In addition, we previously reported a 
three-year programme to remove legacy 
voice equipment in order to reduce 
costs (data center and support).  
This programme is now complete and 
has delivered annualised savings of 
c£3m p.a. in ongoing network costs 
(against 2016 levels). These savings are 
included within these results.

Outlook
As I highlighted at our half-year results 
and at the recent Capital Markets Days, 
Gamma is in good shape and I consider 
our short term outlook to be positive. 
We have a robust business model with 
a high level of recurring revenue and 
margin, and although there is increasing 
competition in the marketplace, the 
quality and competitiveness of our 
products, combined with the strength  
of our direct and indirect channel 
businesses, provides confidence in  
our ability to execute against our  
short term commitments. 

9

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceDelivering our strategy

A strategy driven by  
an engaging culture

Our objective
Gamma’s objective  
is to continue  
to grow both its  
market share and 
profitability by 
developing new,  
innovative 
communications 
products for 
organisations.

Engaging  
culture

— Insight

— Experience

— Flexibility

— Innovation

Corporate social  
responsibility 
page 46

10

Strategic pillars

Key strategic decisions

What we’ve achieved in 2018

Priorities for 2019

Exploiting  
existing services

Evolve our strong cloud telephony 
position into the UCaaS market

•  Continued the development of Accelerate, our online marketing and 

•  Expansion of the Cloud PBX service to include enhanced web/video 

campaign management tool that enables channel partners to increase the 

conferencing and desktop collaboration, to address the changing needs  

number of products they sell to customers.

of business communications.

•  Developed further channel routes to market in the IT Reseller and System 

•  Further enhance our integration with Office suite environments and 

Integrator space.

alternative collaboration tools.

•  Achieved the Certification required to provide network services to the 

•  Develop our market-leading SIP Trunking services to enhance services 

Health and Social Care sectors.

such as Microsoft Teams.

•  Continued the development of vertical market integration of the  

Cloud PBX with markets specific CRM solutions.

Introducing  
new services

Build on our fixed and mobile 
telecom strength to differentiate 
our proposition from pure OTTs

•  Enhanced the Connect, Cloud PBX and Mobile integration service,  

•  Complement our Data Access services with additional value-added 

by adding an easy to use app and WiFi calling capability. 

products e.g. security.

• 

Increased bandwidth on ethernet and MPLS services to 10GB.

•  Commence the next phase of the development of our Mobile capabilities 

to ensure we can offer full mobility for our UCaaS solutions.

•  Online Pricing Tools to make the quoting and ordering  

of ethernet easier.

•  Fully launched the Connect Solution providing all the features of the 

Horizon Cloud PBX on an easy-to-use, integrated business mobile service.

Developing  
the market

Expand to Europe to gain  
continued growth and scale

•  Acquired DX Groep in the Netherlands. This has provided us with  

•  Evaluate the German and French markets and identify potential partners.

both a secure non-UK business and the management structure  

to expand into other European countries.

•  Support the DX Groep business in the Dutch market.

Infrastructure 
development

Continue to build on our digital 
capabilities to assure agility  
and sustain competitiveness

•  Completed the build out of a new national fibre network and migrated  

•  Develop our mid to long term plan to ensure our digital capabilities 

all services.

• 

Increased our capacity at a number of BT Openreach exchanges,  

support the anticipated changes in user expectations and  

buying behaviour.

thereby continuing to reduce the cost of ethernet data services.

•  Deliver the second phase of the programme to enhance the online 

•  Delivered the first phase of a programme to provide online tools  

for our direct business units to serve their customers.

presence of our direct channel.

Execution
The four strategic pillars are all underpinned by our ‘Straightforward  
to do business with’ culture which seeks to make it as easy as possible 
for our customers to interact with us.

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Our engaging culture feeds 
directly into our strategy.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

Strategic pillars

Key strategic decisions

What we’ve achieved in 2018

Priorities for 2019

Exploiting  

existing services

Evolve our strong cloud telephony 

position into the UCaaS market

•  Continued the development of Accelerate, our online marketing and 

•  Expansion of the Cloud PBX service to include enhanced web/video 

campaign management tool that enables channel partners to increase the 
number of products they sell to customers.

conferencing and desktop collaboration, to address the changing needs  
of business communications.

•  Developed further channel routes to market in the IT Reseller and System 

•  Further enhance our integration with Office suite environments and 

Integrator space.

alternative collaboration tools.

•  Achieved the Certification required to provide network services to the 

•  Develop our market-leading SIP Trunking services to enhance services 

Health and Social Care sectors.

such as Microsoft Teams.

•  Continued the development of vertical market integration of the  

Cloud PBX with markets specific CRM solutions.

Introducing  

new services

Build on our fixed and mobile 

telecom strength to differentiate 

our proposition from pure OTTs

•  Enhanced the Connect, Cloud PBX and Mobile integration service,  

•  Complement our Data Access services with additional value-added 

by adding an easy to use app and WiFi calling capability. 

products e.g. security.

• 

Increased bandwidth on ethernet and MPLS services to 10GB.

•  Commence the next phase of the development of our Mobile capabilities 

•  Online Pricing Tools to make the quoting and ordering  

of ethernet easier.

•  Fully launched the Connect Solution providing all the features of the 

Horizon Cloud PBX on an easy-to-use, integrated business mobile service.

to ensure we can offer full mobility for our UCaaS solutions.

Developing  

the market

Expand to Europe to gain  

continued growth and scale

•  Acquired DX Groep in the Netherlands. This has provided us with  
both a secure non-UK business and the management structure  
to expand into other European countries.

•  Evaluate the German and French markets and identify potential partners.

•  Support the DX Groep business in the Dutch market.

Infrastructure 

development

Continue to build on our digital 

capabilities to assure agility  

and sustain competitiveness

•  Completed the build out of a new national fibre network and migrated  

•  Develop our mid to long term plan to ensure our digital capabilities 

all services.

• 

Increased our capacity at a number of BT Openreach exchanges,  
thereby continuing to reduce the cost of ethernet data services.

•  Delivered the first phase of a programme to provide online tools  

for our direct business units to serve their customers.

support the anticipated changes in user expectations and  
buying behaviour.

•  Deliver the second phase of the programme to enhance the online 

presence of our direct channel.

Execution

The four strategic pillars are all underpinned by our ‘Straightforward  

to do business with’ culture which seeks to make it as easy as possible 

for our customers to interact with us.

11

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governance 
Our strategy and culture in action

Expanding into Europe
The UK has been leading other 
European markets in the adoption of 
IP Telephony, with SIP as a replacement 
for ISDN lines and cloud-based 
telephony services replacing ‘on 
premise’ PBXs. Gamma has been 
enabling this transformation since 2006 
and has significant experience in how  
to transition channel partners and  
their customers from legacy to next 
generation services. Therefore the 
Company sees a significant opportunity 
to leverage this experience as the 
European adoption of cloud IP services 
is facilitated by the closure of legacy 
ISDN networks and the broader market 
demand for integrated UCaaS services.

Expanding outside of the UK also allows 
Gamma to serve better its international 
customers and de-risk its UK centricity. 
By having direct access to a much  
larger market, Gamma can maximise 
any investment it makes in developing 
both its product and service 
management capabilities.

During 2018 Gamma made its first 
acquisition against this strategy,  
when it completed the purchase of the 
DX Groep based in the Netherlands.  
The DX Groep has a very similar 
business model to Gamma but is much 
earlier in its growth. It operates its own 
hosted telephony platform with full 
fixed and mobile access services. 

Developing  
the market

12

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The DX Groep primarily operates via 
channel partners and has developed its 
own online sales enablement tools for 
partners to use.

Whilst the Dutch market is relatively 
mature in its adoption of IP based voice 
services, making its first acquisition here 
was a low risk ‘first step’ for Gamma and 
provides the Company with a platform 
from which to continue to build a 
European presence. Members of the 
senior teams from both Gamma and  
the DX Groep have formed a European 
Management Board, that is overseeing 
the ongoing assessment of the primary 
markets and potential partners in each.

l

S
u
p
p
e
m
e
n
t
a
r
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Gamma is the right home for  
Dean One as we look to accelerate 
the success we have seen in  
the Netherlands. We know  
Gamma very well and believe  
this is a positive development  
for all involved."

—  Klaas Bottema, co-Chief Executive, 

Dean One

13

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic report 
 
 
Our strategy and culture in action continued

Introducing  
new services

Connect and Horizon Collaborate
Business communications supporting 
the needs of today's business users
Businesses today need to communicate 
with their customers, partners and staff 
in a more flexible and targeted way than 
ever before. Gone are the days when a 
fixed phone service was the only way  
to communicate.

Gamma appreciates the complexity of 
the business communications needs  
of today’s businesses, and this input 
feeds directly into our new product  
and services roadmap.

The Gamma market-leading Cloud PBX 
Horizon is constantly being developed to 
provide solutions to support customers’ 
ways of working and to provide Gamma 
channel partners the ability to 
differentiate their service offerings  
in a very competitive market.

At the core of our product development 
principles is providing easy to use  
and intuitive products that work  
and support the business goals of  
the customer.

14

In supporting this change in business 
communications, Gamma has focused 
on two main areas, providing a mobility 
solution that connects users to the 
Cloud PBX platform and enhances the 
communications options to include 
instant messaging and has integrated 
collaboration and conferencing.

We fully launched our mobility solution, 
linked to our Cloud PBX service Horizon, 
in 2018. This service, called Connect, 
enables users to combine their Horizon 
fixed line service with their Gamma 
mobile so it appears as a single service. 
Users can choose which number (fixed or 
mobile) to present to the called party and 
all the features of Horizon – including a 
single voicemail service and call  
recording – are available to the mobile.

The user can make or receive calls on 
either device using the same services 
and numbers.

The Connect service is establishing  
a platform for customers to have a 
simplified fixed/mobile experience,  

and in supporting the changing ways  
of working towards a more mobile 
organisation.

The next phase of the Horizon 
development is the introduction of the 
Collaborate enhanced functionality.  
This service integrates to the Horizon 
Cloud PBX solution providing the 
business with a platform to support 
instant messaging, advanced audio  
and video conferencing and document 
sharing. The service is simple to use,  
for both the end users within the 
Company and for external users, 
customers and partners.

This service will be launched in the first 
half of 2019, with initial customer trials 
already successfully undertaken.

These developments are highlights of  
a continual development process that  
is focused on adding value to end 
customers, making it easier and more 
effective for them to communicate,  
and adding value to our partners, to 
differentiate themselves in a very 
competitive market.

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Direct business 
transformation programme
Like many businesses Gamma is 
reviewing how it operates and engages 
with its customers in a digital world 
across the whole Group as part of its 
overall business strategy.

Gamma is proud that it has always been 
a digitally-enabled company and has 
been at the forefront of Customer Portal 
interaction in the wholesale business.

To enable the UK direct business to 
continue to grow and scale efficiently, 
and deliver the customer experience 
expected, we needed to review and 
change the processes, practices and 
systems from ‘Bid to Cash’ across the 
business unit.

Change of this nature, led from the top 
of the management team, can be 
complex and involves all staff in this 
business unit. Mapping, transforming 
and checking the quality of data 
currently in multiple sources can be time 
consuming and complex, but is essential 
to ensure the continuity and high service 
quality Gamma is known for.

To support this business change in 
approach, and provide significantly 
better digital engagement for customers 
across all the markets served, it was 
decided that the main functions would 
be built upon a single platform, 
replacing several legacy systems  
and ad-hoc tools and portals.

The programme of work was split  
into a number of phases, with the 
foundational process design, new 
working practices and core system 
configurations carried out in phase 1 
during 2018. Expert deployment 
partners and data migration specialists 
were hired to help and segment the 
internal Business Change and Systems 
teams. This will allow the deployment of 
the initial changes and new functionality 
to be carried out in 2019, speeding  
up a number of key processes allowing 
greater visibility to customers and 
supporting greater volumes of orders 
and customers.

Infrastructure 
development

The scope and benefits in particular are:

•  Faster and more efficient prospect  

to order.

•  Faster and more efficient support  

and provisioning.

•  A new Customer Portal providing 

access to existing functionality such as 
billing, and new functionality such as 
Order Tracking, Trouble Ticketing and 
Service Performance all in one place.

•  Migration of data from the existing 

CRM tool and Trouble Ticketing system 
(which will be retired).

This platform and the services that  
will be integrated will form the basis  
of Gamma’s business delivery and 
customer interaction. We are already 
looking at future phases to deliver more 
functionality internally and externally  
to improve the customer experience.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

S
u
p
p
e
m
e
n
t
a
r
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

15

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
Our strategy and culture in action continued

16

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Exploiting  
existing services

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

Another way we’re addressing 
customers’ needs is by bundling our 
products. This not only gives customers 
a single bill for all their communications 
services, but also provides a single  
point of contact when services are 
implemented and supported, taking 
away the headache and costs of 
managing multiple suppliers.

In addition, we work closely with our 
channel partners on their marketing 
activities, providing tailored marketing 
advice and activities to help them reach 
new customers that goes beyond a 
straight product sell. Many partners  
are verticalised in their go-to-market 
approach and we develop multi-channel 
campaigns that have verticalised 
messaging to help with this tactic.

Vertical markets  
and propositions
Businesses don’t just buy 
communications services for the  
sake of communications; rather 
communications services are used  
to solve real business issues and  
present solutions to their problems. 

Communications services need to be 
contextualised to support business 
needs and these are usually aligned  
to strategic initiatives such as cost 
optimisation, moving into new markets 
for competitive agility, reducing or 
managing risk or the cost of complexity, 
giving a better customer experience  
by empowering decision making and 
monitoring productivity or addressing 
concerns over security or compliance 
and regulation. 

At Gamma we’re developing 
propositions that meet business needs 
and direction; more often than not this 
is not just about selling a single product 
but bringing a number of products 
together, with an integration that may 
be technical or commercial or both.

With our Horizon Cloud PBX service, we 
are providing integrations with 30 third 
party applications that meet the needs 
of specific vertical markets. For example, 
we integrate with applications such  
as Bullhorn for recruitment, Emis for 
healthcare and Sage for accounting  
as well as a range of CRMs  
including Salesforce.

17

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governance 
Gamma at a glance

Our products  
and services 

Gamma is a rapidly growing,  
technology-based provider of advanced 
communications services to the UK  
and Dutch business markets. We create 
simplified communications and software 
services for business.

Our Data access products are 
designed to assure quality of 
service for our voice services and 
provide access to key applications 
for businesses

The Data service architecture is 
fully integrated with our national 
voice network, allowing a fully 
converged service offering, and  
a single support structure

Fully resilient solution delivered 
into more than one network node

High capacity MPLS core network

Direct peering with key content 
providers as well as geographically 
diverse internet transit

POP sites around UK

Our voice product platforms (SIP 
Trunking, Cloud PBX and Inbound) 
are an integral part of our national 
voice and data network

Our underlying voice switching 
fabric is a carrier class

Highly resilient, distributed,  
next generation, national 
softswitch network

We are part of the UK’s national 
switching infrastructure

Interconnects with all major  
UK, international, fixed and  
mobile carriers

We process over three million  
calls per hour during the peak 
business hours

Gamma owns its mobile core 
network giving us the same 
control as we have over fixed 
voice services (routing of all calls, 
text and data traffic onto the 
Gamma network)

Gamma Mobile has independent 
control of its core network

Primary mobile network is  
with Three UK

Premium MultiNet provides  
access to multiple networks  
in one single SIM

4G data service

18

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

Who we are
1,044 staff

Our expert staff are a key part of  
our success and product development

Awards
1st place

Best channel support service 

Presence

We operate from five towns and cities  
in the UK, Budapest and Amsterdam

1st place

Best channel supplier –  
wholesale provider 

Corporate social responsibility  
page 46

How we sell
We supply a broad range of simplified communications 
and software services to small, medium and large sized 
business customers, both through our large network  
of channel partners and direct.

UK Indirect

Sold via:
System integrators

Resellers

Unified Communications providers

Value added resellers

Cloud infrastructure providers

Users:
Harrods

National Express

Countrywide

Park Dean Resorts

SCS

74%

of sales

£210.6m 

2018 sales

Business review page 38

UK Direct

Sold into:
Public Sector

Mid-Market

Enterprise

Users:
London Stock Exchange Group

Scottish Government

BGL Group

John Lewis Partnership

National Audit Office

Overseas

Sold via:
Resellers 

System integrators

Value added resellers

Sold into:
Public Sector

Mid-Market

Enterprise

Users:
De Haagse Hogeschool

Driscoll’s

Amsterdamse Hogeschool  
voor de Kunsten

New York Pizza

25%

£70.9m

of sales

2018 sales

1%

of sales

£3.4m

2018 sales  
since acquisition

19

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governance 
Market trends

The shift to integrated and  
contextualised communications

We have identified key trends in our markets showing  
how the face of business communications is changing  
and how Gamma is addressing these trends. 

The rise of converged and unified communication services 

•  Communication is no longer isolated, 
customers can contact businesses 
from anywhere/anyhow.

The key is matching the 
communications method to the 
customer and task requirement.

•  Businesses are looking for business 
communications solutions that  
can support them as their way  
of working changes, and for the 
communications to be relevant  
to their customers, whether that  
be a phone call, a video chat or  
a collaborative desktop session.  

•  Businesses are looking for service 
simplicity and cost savings in their 
business comms solutions.

•  Business efficiency driven by single 
phone numbers, single voice mail 
service whether the user is utilising  
a mobile or fixed device.

The Gamma opportunity 
•  Gamma launched the Connect 

service, a solution that provides the 
features of our Cloud PBX service, 
Horizon, on a mobile in May 2018. 
This service combines the Gamma 
core voice and mobile, service as a 
simple to use solution that provides 
real business efficiency for users, 
ensuring that customer interactions 
are dealt with effectively, regardless 
of location. This service has been 
undertaken by a number of 
businesses and the interest from  
end customers and channel  
partners has continued to build  
since the launch.

•  In the first half of 2019, Gamma  
will launch Horizon Collaborate, 
providing a fully-integrated 
messaging, collaboration  
and audio/video conferencing 
service to our industry- 
leading Cloud PBX service.

Supporting  
effective business 
communications  
in an ever changing 
world

The challenge for businesses to be 
competitive in today’s increasingly 
fast moving world has never  
been greater. Customers and 
employees are demanding that 
businesses offer services and 
means of communication to meet 
their requirements. To support 
these requirements, businesses 
need communication services  
that are flexible, scalable and 
secure to meet today’s and 
tomorrow’s challenges.

Underpinning these business and 
user trends are a number of 
technology and industry directions 
that support the overall changes in 
how business operates.

Gamma is addressing these 
technology trends in a number  
of ways.

20

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Superfast connectivity 
explosion to support  
the rise of cloud services 

•  Cloud based applications are now  
the norm for many businesses and 
vertical markets. To ensure that these 
services work effectively businesses 
need fast, highly available and  
secure connectivity from the user  
to the application. 

•  The flexibility that on demand 

software solutions provide to all 
businesses (large or small) enables 
them to deploy new solutions faster 
and more efficiently.

•  Businesses cannot survive without 

access to key data/software/
customers over the internet.

•  Simple connectivity is not enough  

as more and more data is  
accessed remotely. 

•  Customer contact is moving from a 

phone call/email to interactive video, 
online chat, screen sharing.

•  All this communication needs fast/
secure/scalable connectivity for 
businesses that supports their key 
applications, not the priorities of  
online gamers/YouTubers! 

The Gamma opportunity 
•  Gamma has seen a significant 

rise in demand for high 
bandwidth broadband and 
ethernet services over the past 
12 months.

•  We have met this demand and 
connectivity services are now a 
significant part of the Gamma 
portfolio, underpinning customer 
access to the businesses’ key 
cloud applications.

•  We have utilised our network 
reach to build out ethernet 
nodes in a number of population 
centres, reducing our cost of 
supply and allowing us to drive 
volume in a competitively  
priced market.

•  Moving into 2019 we will 

continue to implement more 
access services that support the 
requirements for increased 
bandwidth.

Digital disruption –  
from buying to support

Outlook

All businesses are looking to 
streamline their operations to 
provide a better experience for their 
customers, whether they are buying, 
using or feeding back on the services 
that a company provides. At the 
heart of this change is how new 
technology can help.

The Gamma opportunity 
•  To provide products and  

services to our customers that 
streamlines their business 
communication processes.

•  To support our direct customers  
in how they engage with Gamma  
to make their interactions with us 
more effective and appropriate.

•  To support our partners in taking 
cost out of their processes so that 
they can make their businesses 
more effective.

In 2019 Gamma will roll out a 
new digital model to support 
our direct customers in the 
following areas to provide 
customer benefit:

•  Faster and more efficient 
prospect to order process.

•  Faster and more efficient 
support and provisioning.

•  A new Customer Portal 

providing access to existing 
functionality such as billing, 
and new functionality  
such as Order Tracking, 
Trouble Ticketing and Service 
Performance all in one place.

This platform and the services 
that will be integrated will  
form the basis of Gamma’s 
business delivery and customer 
interaction. We are already 
looking at future phases to 
deliver more functionality 
internally and externally  
to improve the customer 
experience.

The Gamma opportunity 
•  Gamma is an infrastructure-light 

provider, with a core network that 
can support the key routing of 
voice/data and mobile traffic  
in an integrated core.

•  This core integration allows us to 
develop differentiated services,  
such as the Connect service.

•  We provide simple, easy-to-

consume services, underpinned  
by automated provisioning and 
support models.

Network flexibility

•  The increase in customer demand  
to support changes to their business 
communications in a faster and 
more flexible way means that service 
providers need to be flexible. 

•  New OTT providers can offer 

applications that are easy to use,  
but the customer connectivity may 
not have the capacity or security  
to support it.

•  Large network-based operators may 
have the core capacity, but not the 
flexibility to deliver the applications 
that customers need.

•  Businesses need a balance – fast to 
deploy applications over a scalable 
and secure infrastructure that 
supports all users. 

21

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceBusiness model

Creating value and growth

Highly cash generative with a resilient business 
model, a broad customer base and low customer 
concentration, Gamma has seen strong growth  
driven by repeating revenues.

Our strengths

Our products and services

Core Gamma foundations  
What makes us different

Product and network quality
Driving innovation on the back of strong network  
and product foundations (carrier grade, high 
availability, and rock solid end-user performance).

Channel automations 
Portal capabilities (built around the channel  
with overlay support geared to make Gamma  
easy to do business with).

Digital platforms
Training (Academy) and marketing enablement 
(Accelerate) to drive channel engagement and growth 
(providing the channel with the edge to be successful 
and grow their businesses).

Commercial agility
Providing our partners leverage and flexibility  
(driving incentives and not causing price erosion)  
and selling on value and not price.

People
Human aspect of channel and direct customer 
engagement (long standing, consistency, built on trust 
and a balance of strong business ethics) – culture, 
skills, and delivering against our mutual promises.

22

VOICE
Our voice product portfolio  
(SIP Trunking, Cloud PBX and Inbound) 
is designed to meet the needs  
of a modern business. Supporting 
businesses collaborating with  
their customers.

DATA
Our Data Access products are 
designed to assure quality of service 
to businesses accessing their critical 
business applications in the cloud, 
including Gamma voice products, with 
all services supported via a single 
support structure.

MOBILE
Gamma owns its mobile core network, 
giving us the same control as we have 
over fixed voice product and services 
(routing of all calls, texts and data 
traffic onto the Gamma network).  
This infrastructure allows us to 
provide differentiated services such 
as Connect, our fixed/mobile service.

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

The markets we serve

UK Indirect
Our primary route to market, the 
channel, is at the heart of what we do. 
Providing services to 1,150 channel 
partners, with the partner owning  
the end customer contract and  
the relationship.

74%

Indirect business revenue  
income percentage

UK Direct
Gamma supports a number of direct 
customer relationships, focusing on 
customers where they are looking  
for a contract with the network 
operator. The direct business 
supports the requirements of 
Enterprises, Mid Markets and  
Public Sector organisations. 

25%

Direct business revenue  
income percentage

Overseas
Dean One supports 364 partners 
where Dean One owns the end 
customer contract and 158 partners 
who own the end customer contract.  
In addition Schiphol Connect has  
380 customers.

1%

Overseas business revenue  
income percentage

s
r
e
n
t
r
a
p

l

e
n
n
a
h
C

s
r
e
n
t
r
a
p

l

e
n
n
a
h
C

s
r
e
m
o
t
s
u
c
/
s
r
e
s
u
d
n
E

23

Delivering innovative  
multi-platform solutions

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statementsSupplementary information 
 
 
 
 
TSI case study

A Gamma partner for eight years,  
TSI provides a range of communications 
for businesses of all sizes. The company 
offers a portfolio of services and  
products across cloud telephony,  
unified communications and  
connectivity – citing ethernet as their 
most successful product from Gamma.

The challenge
TSI is focused on consistency of service 
and trust. Noting that many of its 
customers do not want multiple 
suppliers, TSI wanted to be able to 
provide all of their voice and data needs 
under one roof, a key challenge in 
keeping with its goal of offering 
‘complete business communications 
from one trusted supplier’.

Priding itself on not being a ‘faceless’ 
entity meant that TSI’s suppliers  
are key to retaining this essential, 
personable relationship with its  
existing customer base.

Gamma drives  
key growth and  
helps boost profit  
margins for TSI

24

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Our ongoing relationship with 
Gamma is professional, friendly 
and trusting. We never feel we  
are getting the ‘hard sell’ and  
are never pressured or squeezed 
on price.”

—   Martin Coleman,  

Operations Director, TSI 

The solution
TSI takes pride in being a reliable and 
trusted port of call for its customers, 
making the buying and support 
processes as easy and comprehensible 
as possible in order to retain trust and to 
achieve core business growth within its 
existing customer base.

Over the past decade, TSI has regularly 
taken the time to understand the full 
range of Gamma products available. 
Having knowledge of the full portfolio 
allowed it to give value-add to its 
customers, making services more sticky, 
and a trust in Gamma’s support services 
meant that its had confidence in its 
processes and delivery.

The results

Working with one of the UK’s largest 
retailers in 2017, TSI won a deal to supply  
a 20/100Mbs ethernet circuit with ADSL 
back-up into around 300 stores across  
the UK, with the support of Gamma’s 
Ethernet team.

Gamma’s services were successfully 
delivered on time and the customer is 
extremely happy with the quality of the 
services and support received throughout 
the rollout.

Commenting on the win, TSI’s Operations 
Director, Martin Coleman says:

“The Gamma Ethernet team were integral  
to winning the 300-store tender, both from 
a technical point of view in helping to fulfil 
customer requirements and assisting with 
answering a multi-page tender document, 
through to negotiating the commercials.

Having different Gamma products in our 
portfolio has allowed us to win deals such 
as this that we might not otherwise have 
won. Gamma products now make up almost 
50% of our annual turnover and have 
driven our growth considerably over the 
past decade.”

25

Gamma drives  

key growth and  

helps boost profit  

margins for TSI

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceDean One case study

In the competitive telecoms 
market in the Netherlands, 
service providers have lots 
of choice when it comes to 
who they partner with. 

Most service providers offer a very 
similar product set, so when Jan 
Rietveld, owner of Telecom Raadgevers, 
was looking to work with a supplier in 
2011, he was looking for a partner that 
would understand his business, and be 
there for the long term to support his  
growth plans.

With this ongoing relationship Telecom 
Raadgevers now sells the full range of 
Dean One products, cloud telephony, 
SIP Trunking, mobile and connectivity. 
Telecom Raadgevers provides the first 
line support to the customer, utilising 
the Dean One portals and support 
teams for additional assistance.

Q. What do you like about the 
cooperation within Dean One?

A. Dean One, just like us, highly values 
personal contact and really enters into 
the relationship with the dealer. The 
products that Dean One offers are also 
offered by other providers, but thanks to 
the fun activities that are organised, such 
as get-togethers and outings, you really 
get a personal bond with the brand.  
You may see executives at other parties 
in the distance on a stage once a year. 
When I go to a drink with Dean One, 
Frank Caris (CCO) comes over and asks: 
‘Hey Jan, how are you? How is your 
business?’ What I also really appreciate is 
that you know the people you get on the 
phone at Dean One, and they also know 
who you are. If you call a customer 
service provider from a major provider, 
you may be lucky to have the same 
person on the phone twice in one 
month. That will never happen  
with Dean One for sure.

–  Jan Rietveld 

Telecom Raadgevers, Owner

Dean One working  
alongside Telecom  
Raadgevers to help 
drive growth

26

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018...you really get a personal  
bond with the brand.”

—   Jan Rietveld  

Telecom Raadgevers, Owner

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

S
u
p
p
e
m
e
n
t
a
r
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

27

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
Care UK case study

Gamma answers 
the call for Care UK

When lives can quite literally 
depend on a phone call, 
you’d better hope that the 
phone service being used is 
the most reliable there is. 
But for Care UK, the largest 
private sector supplier of 
NHS 111 urgent cover 
across a big part of the UK 
including London, the choice 
of SIP and hosted telephony 
provider was a simple one.

With demand for care rising and 
budgets under increasing pressure, 
the UK government relies more  
and more on the private sector  
to supplement and in some cases  
take over the job of care provision.

The move to hosted services 
Care UK has chosen Gamma as its 
telecoms partner in a major 
consolidation, modernisation and 
future-proofing programme of its large 
and diverse telephony estate, something 
which had built up over time as the 
company has grown both organically 
and by acquisition.

•  The overarching strategy of the whole 
rationalisation exercise is to move 
from an on-premise model to a hosted 
one, built entirely around Gamma’s 
Horizon platform.

•  The benefits of the move include more 
flexibility, a much-reduced technical 
support overhead, better resilience, 
and lower costs.

•  The exception to the 100% hosted rule 
is Care UK’s NHS 111 provision which 
remains rooted in on-premise 
switches and Gamma SIP connectivity.

Progressing
Fourteen months on and the move  
to Horizon is progressing well. The roll 
out is complete to 20 large healthcare 
centres and is in progress to deliver 
Horizon to more than 120 care homes all 
the way from Dorset to Aberdeenshire.

The company also operates three contact 
centres based on the Horizon platform’s 
call centre functionality. All use the Akixi 
cloud-based reporting system which is 
deployed to provide both real-time and 
historical information.

Jason Wells, Head of IT Infrastructure 
and Operations, has no regrets about 
the decision to go the hosted route with 
Horizon, either from a business 
perspective or an IT perspective.

With a legacy telephony estate of 
multiple different systems anything 
from 30 years old to six months old,  
and from a large number of different 
suppliers, it presented something of  
a nightmare to manage, support,  
service and locate spares for.

28

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

S
u
p
p
e
m
e
n
t
a
r
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

29

Switching to Gamma has been 
the best move we’ve ever 
made! We’re getting a better 
service that’s more resilient, 
more reliable, simple to expand 
upon and we’re saving money.”

—  Jason Wells  

Head of IT Infrastructure  
and Operations, Care UK

Now Horizon is rolling out and a 
complex matrix of costly hardware  
and software support contracts is 
unwinding, that particular headache  
is coming to an end.

There were a lot of old legacy phone 
systems and they came with a lot of 
costs, both financial and in support time.

In the case of one PBX platform the 
vendor wanted a seven-figure amount 
just to keep it running, which made our 
decision very easy.

£600,000

at least, saved over three years  
by moving to Gamma’s Horizon

The ongoing support across a whole  
mix of different handsets and systems 
was proving very expensive, and 
keeping them all up to date was 
substantially challenging.

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
Gamma Accelerate case study

Midshire Business 
Systems improves and 
increases marketing 
activity with less  
effort and resource

30

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018The Midshire Group of 
Companies was established  
28 years ago, and is one of 
the largest office technology 
resellers in the UK. Midshire 
focuses on market-leading 
services including business 
telephone systems, 
broadband and IT solutions 
and products. Today, Midshire 
is now a £32 million turnover 
group, with over 250 
employees in three regional 
offices and over 14,000 
installations.

The challenge
Midshire prides itself on continually 
offering the latest technology to its 
customers and, as part of this, 
proactively informs customers and 
prospects about the latest news and 
product launches. As the customer base 
grew, it became more and more of a 
challenge to manage and schedule 
multiple communication programmes 
with the combination of legacy  
systems it had accumulated since 2002. 
It became apparent that syncing up 
marketing activities such as nurture 
campaigns, emailers and social media 
posts was problematic.

The Midshire marketing team needed  
to improve the quality and quantity of  
all campaign activity, whilst reducing the 
daily workload of the team so they could 
focus on other marketing avenues. Step 
one would be to segment the customer 
base which would allow for improved 
message consistency of the material 
distributed. It was also recognised  
that the customer journey was not as 
seamless as it would have liked and that 
this could be improved with greater 
synchronisation between social media 
posts and email campaigns.

The solution
One of the first things that appealed  
to Midshire about the Gamma 
Accelerate portal was that all the 
marketing campaigns could be 
centralised in one easy to use platform. 
This would instantly remove the issue  
of combining several different tools and 
fundamentally streamline the process, 
saving considerable time. Furthermore, 
the library of high quality collateral 
enabled Midshire to quickly and easily 
customise campaign material to make  
it its own. With the addition of a full 
end-to-end Campaign-in-a-Box, 
including emailers and social media, 
Midshire now has all the tools needed  
to run full lead nurture campaigns.

Midshire has also enjoyed training  
from Gamma on Accelerate. From 
implementation on day one to today 
Gamma has supported and guided 
Midshire and provided lots of useful 
hints and tips to new marketing 
members as their team grew on how  
to get the most from Accelerate.

The results

Midshire’s original goal was to improve  
the quantity and quality of its campaigns 
while also reducing the workload on the 
team, both of which it has achieved  
with Accelerate. 

Jamie Callaghan, Marketing Manager at 
Midshire said: 

“The ease of social media scheduling means 
we can focus more time on other aspects  
of our marketing plan. As a result, our 
marketing activity has increased overall  
and thus sales have increased.”  

He continued, “We have a great relationship 
with Gamma, any queries or issues have 
been dealt with promptly and without fuss. 
We have become a key partner for Gamma 
and regularly test new products prior to 
launch. This enables us to always be at the 
cutting edge of our industry and offer our 
customers the best value and support 
moving forward.”

l

S
u
p
p
e
m
e
n
t
a
r
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

With Gamma’s Accelerate all of our marketing 
campaigns could be automated in one easy-to-use 
platform. The high quality customer-facing collateral 
which could be easily branded as well as social media 
scheduling was a great appeal for us at Midshire.  
It has made the whole process seamless.”

— Jamie Callaghan, Marketing Manager, Midshire

31

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsCorporate governance 
Key performance indicators

Measuring our success*

Revenue (£m)

£284.9m

2018

2017

2016

Definition 
Revenue from sales made to all 
customers (excluding intra-group 
sales which eliminate on 
consolidation).

Gross margin (%)

46.4%

2018

2017

2016

46.4% 

44.9% 

46.3% 

Definition 
Gross profit as a percentage  
of revenue. 

Gross profit (£m)

£132.2m

£242.0m 

£213.5m 

£284.9m 

2018

2017

2016

£132.2m 

£108.7m 

£98.8m 

Outlook 
Growth.

Definition 
Revenues less direct costs of sales.

Outlook 
Growth.

EBITDA (£m)

£48.3m

2018

2017

2016

Outlook 
Continued growth but expected to 
slow as the product mix of strategic 
and enabling versus traditional tends 
to an equilibrium.

Definition 
Earnings before interest, taxation, 
depreciation, gains and losses  
on disposal of fixed assets  
and amortisation.

£48.3m 

£36.0m 

£34.2m 

Outlook 
Continued growth.

Cash (£m)

£35.5m

2018

2017

2016

Cash generated by operations (£m)

£40.6m

£35.5m 

£31.6m 

£28.2m 

2018

2017

2016

£40.6m 

£29.9m 

£31.3m 

Definition 
Cash and cash equivalents held  
at the end of the year.

Outlook 
The Group intends to maintain a  
cash balance at this level subject  
to any acquisition opportunities  
that may arise.

Definition 
Net cash flows from operating 
activities before tax.

Outlook 
Expected to grow in line with  
EBITDA – cash conversion is expected  
to remain strong.

EPS (p)

30.0p

2018

2017

2016

30.0p 

24.0p 

18.8p 

Adjusted EPS (p)

30.3p

2018

2017

2016

Definition 
Earnings after tax divided by the  
fully diluted number of shares.

Outlook 
Expected to grow in the absence  
of any unforeseen events.

Definition 
Adjusted earnings after tax divided by 
the fully diluted number of shares.

Outlook 
Continued growth.

30.3p 

23.1p 

21.1p 

Relevance 
By removing amortisation on 
acquisition from this metric, a better 
understanding of the performance of 
the business is gained. This adjustment 
is normally made by analysts so allows 
a user of the accounts to compare the 
actual results with the expectations  
 of the analyst community. 

*2016 figures are not restated for the effects of the adoption of IFRS 15.

32

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic pillars:

Execution

Exploiting existing services

Infrastructure investment

Introducing new services

Developing the market

Performance metrics*

UK business supplementary information

Number of hosted seats (‘000s)

Number of SIP channels (‘000s)

435

2018

2017

2016

435 

331 

230 

856

2018

2017

2016

856 

680 

511 

Definition 
Number of billed seats at end of year 
on all of the Cloud PBX products.

Outlook 
Continued growth.

Relevant strategic pillars 

Definition 
Number of billed SIP channels  
at end of the year.

Outlook 
Continued growth.

Relevant strategic pillars 

Strategic and enabling services as percentage of gross margin 

Direct customer profile

78%

2018

2017

2016

Definition 
Margin from strategic products 
(Inbound, SIP Trunking and Cloud PBX) 
and enabling products (Ethernet, 
Broadband and Mobile) as a 
percentage of the total margin.

Network availability

99.997%

2018

2017

2016

78% 

75% 

79% 

176 

2018

2017

2016

176 

159 

131 

Outlook 
Growth.

Relevant strategic pillars

Definition 
Number of direct customers 
generating monthly revenues of 
above £5,000 at the end of the year. 

Outlook 
Continued growth.

Relevant strategic pillars

Number of channel partners

1,150

99.997% 

2018

99.997% 

2017

99.996% 

2016

1,150 

1,089 

970 

Definition 
Availability of strategic platforms.

Outlook 
Similar.

Relevant strategic pillars 

Definition 
Number of wholesale channel 
partners with monthly billing over 
£500 at the end of the year.

Outlook 
Expected to slow growth channel as 
focus is on cross selling to existing 
channel partners.

Relevant strategic pillars

Net Promoter Score – direct

Net Promoter Score – indirect

41%

2018

2017

2016

41% 

40% 

45% 

43%

2018

2017

2016

26% 

43% 

45% 

Definition 
The Net Promoter Score of a random 
selection of direct customers 
measured quarterly and averaged 
over the year.

Outlook 
Similar.

Relevant strategic pillars 

Definition 
The Net Promoter Score of a random 
selection of indirect customers 
measured quarterly and averaged 
over the year.

Outlook 
Similar.

Relevant strategic pillars 

*Non UK performance metrics not included as non material in 2018.

33

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governance 
 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties

Understanding the risks  
that affect the Group

This section describes the principal risks 
that could have a material adverse impact 
on the Group and how those risks are 
identified, evaluated and managed.

Mitig a t i o n  

        Id

e

n

t

i

fi

c

a

t

i

o
n

M

o

n

i

t

o

ri

n

g 

a tion

a l u

  E v

Risk management process

Identification
Risks recorded in controlled  
risk registers.

Evaluation
Risk exposure reviewed  
and prioritised.

Monitoring
Risks analysed for impact  
and probability.

Mitigation
Risk owners identified and  
action plans implemented.  
Robust mitigation strategy  
subject to regular and  
rigorous review.

34

How we manage risk
The Board has overall responsibility for 
the establishment and oversight of the 
Group’s risk management framework, 
for ensuring that an appropriate risk 
management culture exists within the 
organisation, and for ensuring the 
effective identification, assessment  
and management of individual risks.

In order to assist in this process, with 
respect to non-financial risk, the Board 
has established a Group Risk Committee 
under the Chairmanship of Martin Lea, 
Independent Non-Executive Director.  
In addition to its Chairman, the Risk 
Committee comprises two independent 
Non-Executive Directors, the CEO and 
the Group Chief Strategy and Operating 
Officer. It generally meets quarterly or 
as otherwise required. The main tasks  
of the Risk Committee are to: 

•  ensure the Company has an 

appropriate and effective risk 
management and control system; 

•  ensure that there is a system in place 
for scanning the environment for  
new risks; and

•  determine the nature and extent  
of the principal risks and agree  
with management how they will  
be managed or mitigated.

Gamma operates a robust and well-
established structure for the 
management of risk in each area of  
its business. This process includes the 
identification of risks and an evaluation 
and scoring of risks based on the 
likelihood of occurrence, the potential 
impact, and the adequacy of the 
mitigation or control actions in place. 
Each generic area of risk has clearly 
assigned accountability at Director-level 
within the management team, with 
reporting lines to the CEO, the Risk 
Committee and ultimately the Board.  

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018        
A risk register is maintained which 
includes all identified risks, their 
scores, prioritisation and the status  
of existing controls and mitigations  
and further actions in progress.

The Risk Committee undertakes a 
quarterly review of the risk register 
and in particular the number and 
status of the principal risks and 
progress with the implementation of 
any mitigation plans. In addition the 
Committee receives reports on any 
material incidents, their root causes 
and mitigating actions; also the results 
of regular cyber security related testing 
as well as updates from the Chief 
Information Security Officer and other 
senior operational management. 

Gamma has a series of policies 
regarding anti-corruption/anti-bribery, 
human rights, the environment and 
social matters; but the Board does  
not consider there to be significant  
risks in this area. There is also a whistle 
blowing policy in place enabling 
employees to confidentially report 
matters of concern to the Chief 
Strategy and Operating Officer.

The principal risks to the business  
are listed here with a short description 
of their potential impact and what is 
being done to mitigate them. This is  
not necessarily an exhaustive list, and  
there may be other risks that could  
be identified in the future. However  
our ongoing commitment to risk 
management will seek to identify  
and mitigate such future risks.

Operational – unplanned service  
disruption

Reliable, high quality voice and data services 
are critical to any business and are the core 
components of Gamma’s products. 
Therefore, maintaining very high levels of 
service availability is central to any service 
provider’s credibility in this market.

Information and cyber security  

By its very nature, our network 
infrastructure provides customers with open 
access to the internet and global voice 
networks. As such there is a risk from cyber 
threat and telephony fraud, as well as to the 
physical infrastructure. Over the last few 
years the profile around cyber security has 
changed significantly, including the advent of 
GDPR regulation and its associated controls. 
As a result, the Company has adapted its 
governance structure under the direction of 
the Company’s Chief Information Security 
Officer (CISO).

Potential impact 
A breach of security could have a significant 
impact on the Group’s reputation and in 
some cases commercial impact.

Potential impact  
If our network and systems perform below 
the market expectations then this will impact 
our ability to grow and sustain revenues.

Mitigating actions  
We operate a comprehensive operational 
governance framework to manage the 
availability and performance of our services. 
This includes the design and architecture of 
our platforms, capacity planning, change 
management, security, and business 
continuity planning and rehearsals, incident 
management and monitoring. This structure 
is subject to external audit via our ISO 27001, 
ISO 22301 and ND 1643 certifications. 

We have a mature Incident Management 
process that is rehearsed on a regular basis. 
This capability is available 24x7x365 and 
ensures that we can immediately respond to 
events that may impact the performance of 
the services we provide to our customers.

Mitigating actions 
We continue to adapt our governance 
structure to ensure that we follow best 
practice in the identification and 
management of information and cyber 
security risk, including: increased frequency 
and broadened scope of both routine and 
bespoke penetration testing, mandated 
cyber security training for all our employees, 
dedicated security roles to track how cyber 
threats are evolving and are best detected, 
and Board visibility of the ‘health’ of the 
governance structure.

Gamma’s core infrastructure and operating 
capability is certified under ISO 27001 for 
security. We have a proactive approach to 
identifying any threat or attack and well 
proven procedures for neutralising such 
events. We employ external agencies to 
carry out penetration testing on our systems 
as well as carrying out our own security 
incident rehearsals. We have also undergone 
assessment and certification to meet the 
‘Cyber Essentials’ standard. 

The Company has representation on various 
Industry forums to ensure we are fully aware 
of new areas of risk, methods employed by 
malicious actions and best practice in the 
identification and mitigation of risk.

Our fraud management applications aim to 
identify unusual traffic patterns within a 
short space of time and we have a 24/7 
operational capability to then assess and 
mitigate the risk.

Impact 
High

Change 

Impact 
High

Change 

35

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governance 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Reputational

Supplier 

Market landscape

Legal and regulatory 

Key personnel

Communications services are critical to 
businesses. The ability to order and deliver 
them easily, and reach support quickly when 
something goes wrong, are key areas that 
any service provider is assessed on when a 
customer is placing business.

The business relies on a number of key 
suppliers to provide elements of its products 
and services.

New entrants or existing service providers 
extend their product set to compete directly 
with our products and services. The 
communications market is constantly 
evolving both in terms of the available 
technologies and also in how people look to 
purchase certain products.

The UK’s telecommunications sector does 

The business has grown rapidly over the last 

not have a ‘licence’ requirement; it operates 

few years, with very low staff turnover. 

under a General Authorisation regime 

whereby, in combination with relevant UK 

Therefore, there are individuals who have 

been instrumental in its development and 

and European statute, the sector’s regulator 

are important to its ongoing success.

outlines the required compliance which is 

presumed from telecommunications 

companies such as Gamma.

Potential impact 
Delivering poor customer service has two 
potential impacts: firstly on our ability to 
sustain and grow revenues and, secondly, 
dealing with failure increases the costs  
of the support operation.

Potential impact 
Failure of one of these suppliers to perform 
may have an impact on our ability to deliver 
products and services.

Potential impact 
This may dilute the addressable market and 
slow down growth. If the business does not 
at least keep pace with this evolving market 
then its plans for growth may be impacted.

Mitigating actions 
Where possible, we avoid reliance upon a 
single supplier for a particular element of our 
service and we ensure key supplier contracts 
have appropriate clauses in place to assure 
their performance. Suppliers of important 
services are monitored carefully and are 
subject to regular operational reviews. The 
Risk Committee reviews the most significant 
risks and the status of related mitigation 
projects quarterly.

Mitigating actions 
Gamma aims to provide services which  
are more attractive to our customers than 
those of competitors. Gamma plans, 
develops and markets products which match 
the evolution of market demand and of 
relevant technologies, and develops its core 
platforms to support these products.
In addition, Gamma, from time to time, 
undertakes a major strategy review, the 
overarching objective of which is to ensure  
it remains competitive in its key markets  
and to identify new opportunities  
for further growth.

Mitigating actions 
We have a comprehensive service 
development plan that captures customer 
feedback and seeks to best align the support 
interfaces (system and human) with the 
needs of our customers. This programme 
delivers additional self-serve tools, online 
training material and specific customer 
service training for our support teams.  
Our objective is to eliminate any cause of 
frustration and ensure any interaction is as 
straightforward as possible.

In terms of governance, we hold a  
monthly Operational Review chaired  
by the Chief Strategy and Operating Officer 
that reviews performance across all parts  
of the business. This forum has its own 
action register to track through any 
improvements highlighted.

The Company has established a Crisis 
Management process to ensure it can 
respond to events that may draw media and 
regulatory interest – this is supported by 
external specialist agencies. This process is 
rehearsed at least once a year.

Potential impact 

Loss of key individuals could have  

an impact on the continuing development  

of the business.

Potential impact 

Our activities within the UK can also be 

impacted by the decisions of relevant 

legislative, regulatory and judicial bodies 

both domestically and in the European 

Union, with the primary potential impact of 

new decisions being changes to buy and sell 

prices for products and the way in which we 

are required to engage with our customers. 

Should our activities be found to be in 

breach of the requirements of our General 

Authorisation, the primary impact would be 

the cost of negative publicity and any 

financial penalty levied.

Mitigating actions 

Mitigating actions 

Gamma mitigates this risk by continuing to 

The business has a well-established team 

monitor likely regulatory changes; assessing 

and a reputation for being a good employer. 

their risk and potential impact; and regularly 

For example, in 2017, it came 49th in  

engaging with regulators as appropriate.

‘The Sunday Times Top 100 Best Companies  

To Work For’ ranking. This process involved  

a comprehensive staff survey, the feedback 

from which is actively reviewed and 

addressed by the senior management team.  

The Company is also committed to an 

ongoing programme of people development 

programmes and active succession planning 

across the business.

Impact 
High

36

Change 

Impact 
Moderate

Change 

Impact 
Moderate

Change 

Impact 

Low

Change 

Change 

Impact 

Low

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
Reputational

Supplier 

Market landscape

Legal and regulatory 

Key personnel

Communications services are critical to 

The business relies on a number of key 

New entrants or existing service providers 

businesses. The ability to order and deliver 

suppliers to provide elements of its products 

extend their product set to compete directly 

them easily, and reach support quickly when 

and services.

something goes wrong, are key areas that 

any service provider is assessed on when a 

customer is placing business.

with our products and services. The 

communications market is constantly 

evolving both in terms of the available 

technologies and also in how people look to 

purchase certain products.

The UK’s telecommunications sector does 
not have a ‘licence’ requirement; it operates 
under a General Authorisation regime 
whereby, in combination with relevant UK 
and European statute, the sector’s regulator 
outlines the required compliance which is 
presumed from telecommunications 
companies such as Gamma.

The business has grown rapidly over the last 
few years, with very low staff turnover. 
Therefore, there are individuals who have 
been instrumental in its development and 
are important to its ongoing success.

Potential impact 

Delivering poor customer service has two 

potential impacts: firstly on our ability to 

sustain and grow revenues and, secondly, 

dealing with failure increases the costs  

of the support operation.

Potential impact 

Potential impact 

Failure of one of these suppliers to perform 

This may dilute the addressable market and 

may have an impact on our ability to deliver 

slow down growth. If the business does not 

products and services.

at least keep pace with this evolving market 

then its plans for growth may be impacted.

Mitigating actions 

Mitigating actions 

Mitigating actions 

We have a comprehensive service 

Where possible, we avoid reliance upon a 

Gamma aims to provide services which  

development plan that captures customer 

single supplier for a particular element of our 

are more attractive to our customers than 

feedback and seeks to best align the support 

service and we ensure key supplier contracts 

those of competitors. Gamma plans, 

interfaces (system and human) with the 

needs of our customers. This programme 

delivers additional self-serve tools, online 

training material and specific customer 

service training for our support teams.  

have appropriate clauses in place to assure 

develops and markets products which match 

their performance. Suppliers of important 

the evolution of market demand and of 

services are monitored carefully and are 

relevant technologies, and develops its core 

subject to regular operational reviews. The 

platforms to support these products.

Risk Committee reviews the most significant 

Our objective is to eliminate any cause of 

risks and the status of related mitigation 

frustration and ensure any interaction is as 

projects quarterly.

In addition, Gamma, from time to time, 

undertakes a major strategy review, the 

overarching objective of which is to ensure  

it remains competitive in its key markets  

and to identify new opportunities  

for further growth.

straightforward as possible.

In terms of governance, we hold a  

monthly Operational Review chaired  

by the Chief Strategy and Operating Officer 

that reviews performance across all parts  

of the business. This forum has its own 

action register to track through any 

improvements highlighted.

The Company has established a Crisis 

Management process to ensure it can 

respond to events that may draw media and 

regulatory interest – this is supported by 

external specialist agencies. This process is 

rehearsed at least once a year.

Potential impact 
Our activities within the UK can also be 
impacted by the decisions of relevant 
legislative, regulatory and judicial bodies 
both domestically and in the European 
Union, with the primary potential impact of 
new decisions being changes to buy and sell 
prices for products and the way in which we 
are required to engage with our customers. 
Should our activities be found to be in 
breach of the requirements of our General 
Authorisation, the primary impact would be 
the cost of negative publicity and any 
financial penalty levied.

Mitigating actions 
Gamma mitigates this risk by continuing to 
monitor likely regulatory changes; assessing 
their risk and potential impact; and regularly 
engaging with regulators as appropriate.

Potential impact 
Loss of key individuals could have  
an impact on the continuing development  
of the business.

Mitigating actions 
The business has a well-established team 
and a reputation for being a good employer. 
For example, in 2017, it came 49th in  
‘The Sunday Times Top 100 Best Companies  
To Work For’ ranking. This process involved  
a comprehensive staff survey, the feedback 
from which is actively reviewed and 
addressed by the senior management team.  
The Company is also committed to an 
ongoing programme of people development 
programmes and active succession planning 
across the business.

Impact 

High

Change 

Impact 

Moderate

Change 

Impact 

Moderate

Change 

Impact 
Low

Change 

Impact 
Low

Change 

37

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governance 
Business review

A broadened portfolio

We supply a broad range of simplified communications  
and software services to small, medium and large sized 
business customers, both through our large network  
of channel partners and direct.

UK Indirect
The channel is right in the DNA of Gamma, 
contributing 74% of our revenue. Our clear 
objective is to provide the channel with 
something that is both different and of 
quality, and really drive sales in the hard  
to reach SMB market.

UK Direct
The UK direct business has had an 
encouraging year, delivering revenues  
of £70.9m and gross profit of £32.8m, up 
24% and 28% respectively. The Gamma 
brand has continued to gain recognition as 
a quality provider of Cloud ICT solutions. 

Overseas
In October 2018 Gamma acquired 
DX Groep, a growing telecoms group  
based in the Netherlands.

74%

25%

1%

  Indirect sales

  Direct sales

  Overseas sales

17%

28%

Gross profit increase in 2018  
to £97.5m for indirect business

Gross profit increase in 2018  
to £32.8m for direct business

£1.9m

Gross profit since acquisition

Current channel partner examples

Current direct customer examples

Current partner examples

Fidelity

South West Communications

Reed

Teleperformance

Nederlandse Publieke

Interxion

Focus Group 

BTT

Welcomm

Epsom & St Helier University Hospital’s  
NHS Trust

YMCA

Levi’s

38

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018UK Indirect

2018 saw strong growth across 
Gamma’s indirect business, with  
a continued focus on strengthening 
current channel relationships.  
We are now actively working with 
1,150 partners at the end of  
2018 (1,089 at the end of 2017).  
Gross profits rose from £83.0m  
in 2017 to £97.5m, and revenues  
grew from £184.9m to £210.6m. 

Daryl Pile 
Managing Director – UK Indirect

As more and more organisations begin 
to adopt a customer-first approach to all 
aspects of their business, Gamma sees 
this as a key opportunity for the channel 
to implement the technology that will 
enable a customer’s business to improve 
and operate more efficiently. Partners 
who can add new solutions to their 
portfolio that offer real value to their 
customer, whilst placing themselves  
in a powerful position to cross-sell and 
upsell, will see success.

Gamma’s focus is, and will continue to 
be, on developing innovative ways to 
help the channel succeed. Our approach 
is to provide compelling, high quality and 
disruptive solutions for our channel 
partners to take to market, underpinned 
by first-class support. Our ‘easy to do 
business with’ mantra reinforces 
everything we do at Gamma and, to keep 
in line with this, we have expanded our 
marketing and e-learning platforms that 
we make available to our partners. These 
areas are designed to further enable our 
channel partners to be more competitive 
and successful in growing market share 
in their respective market areas.

Gamma Accelerate is an online partner-
marketing portal, designed to make it 
easy for channel partners to access and 

customise marketing material, generate 
new leads and engage with prospects 
and customers. With more than 700 
channel partners using the system in 
some capacity, 2018 has seen a 
significant increase in marketing 
campaigns run, with the number 
doubling when compared to 2017. We 
have also added more than 10 integrated, 
end-to-end marketing campaigns for 
partners to use for lead generation.  
As we look to 2019, Gamma is extending 
its marketing managed service to include 
copywriting, social media profile analysis, 
website analysis and digital advertising  
to ensure partners are adopting best 
practice strategies and tactics for the 
marketing activity.

The Gamma Academy is an online 
training platform, developed by us to 
provide partners with comprehensive 
support tools, training and product data, 
ensuring they have the information they 
need to confidently win new business, 
support existing customers and 
compete effectively with larger asset-
owning competitors. In 2018, individuals 
working in our channel partner 
community undertook over 16,000 
courses. These courses are designed to 
cover all aspects of our service including 
provisioning and technical support,  
in a clear and concise format.

The Gamma Portal continues to be a  
key differentiator, allowing partners to 
take full control and ownership of their 
customers and provision and manage 
services online.

Gamma’s partner accreditation 
programmes have gone from strength to 
strength with the Platinum programme 
at capacity, whilst we continue to bring 
on new Gold partners. We will further 
expand the accreditation into 2019 to 
provide additional value to our partners.

The adoption of SIP Trunking for PBX 
connectivity and ISDN replacement has 
seen signs of slowing down, particularly 
in the SME sector as the 2025 ISDN turn 
off date seems too far in the distance  
to make a real impact now. However, 
Gamma continues to outperform the 
market growth rate for SIP. Our SIP 
Trunk Call Manager service, which adds 
a number of call management features 
taking it beyond basic connectivity,  
is gaining momentum.

Our Cloud PBX product, Horizon, 
continues its popularity with our partner 
base with more than 813 partners 
actively selling the product. The  
Cloud PBX market is saturated with 
competitors ranging from ‘big-tech’ to 
local niche operators. For our partners 
differentiation is key and Gamma aims 
to help with this in a number of ways 
including offering Horizon white-label 
marketing and sales campaigns specific 
to ripe verticals and integration with 
mobile added through the Connect 
converged fixed and mobile service.  
For 2019, we will be launching a set of 
UCaaS tools and applications that will 
enhance the Horizon Cloud PBX 
proposition for our channel partners 
and present an opportunity for them to 
upsell this to their existing customers 
and attack the mid-market.

Our Connect solution has given our 
mobile proposition real differentiation 
for partners to take to market. Our 
specialists are working closely with 
partners to harness this proposition and 
target specific sectors who would benefit 
greatly from this solution, for example 
estate agents, recruitment companies 
and healthcare organisations.

We have seen a strong year for our  
data services portfolio, with orders 
continuing to grow for both ethernet 
and broadband, whilst partner uptake of 
our private multi-site CPN service is 
solid. We have also launched Gamma’s 
new Ethernet Layer 2 option for  
network and infrastructure partners  
to differentiate their offering with a 
better service wrap.

2018 has seen a major restructure  
for our Channel Sales team. As a UK 
business with staff living right across the 
country, we have restructured the teams 
and accounts geographically, allowing 
account managers to get closer to and 
work better with their partners. The 
teams now better reflect how the 
channel has evolved, whilst allowing us 
to improve support to partners and 
successfully onboard new business. 
Gamma has introduced a ‘New Business’ 
team to ensure that partners new to 
Gamma are receiving the best 
onboarding experience possible  
so they can begin to sell and grow  
their business quickly. 

39

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceBusiness review continued

UK Direct

It has been another year of strong 
performance across the direct 
business, delivering revenues of 
£70.9m (2017: £57.1m) and gross 
profit of £32.8m (2017: £25.7m),  
up 24% and 28% respectively. I was 
pleased to see continued success 
across the board with some notable 
wins and key accreditation awards. 

David Macfarlane 
Managing Director – UK Direct

While I am pleased with record-breaking 
contracts signings of £99.0m in 2018 
(2017: £81.7m), I am particularly 
delighted that £17.2m (2017: £13.6m) 
were customers either extending or 
expanding their existing agreement  
with us, demonstrating a high level of 
customer satisfaction. Customer service 
is key to Gamma, especially in our direct 
business. During 2018 we successfully 
achieved a monthly Net Promoter Score 
of over 40, a testament to our customer 
focus which contributed to the reason 
that all segments of direct secured  
key contract re-signs with customers 
including Taylor Wimpey, which 
extended its Cloud Voice and Mobile 
contract for a further 36 months.

To support our growth and further 
empower customers, investment in 
Digital Transformation will continue into 
2019 and beyond with the launch of the 
GammaHub in early 2019. This platform 
will provide a simplified end to end 
system, reduce touch points, and create 
a leading digital customer experience 
for our customers.

Enterprise
The most notable win for the direct 
business in 2018 has been a £31m 
managed service contract with leading 
supermarket ALDI, awarded in the 
summer. During the second half of 2018, 
our project and provisioning teams have 
been working hard to start the delivery  

40

of one of the market’s largest ethernet 
WANs, covering an initial 900 plus stores 
across the UK and Ireland to provide  
a quality network to underpin the 
retailer’s digital strategy. Gamma  
was successful in a highly competitive 
process, beating all market competitors 
to this marquee customer and I am 
looking forward to seeing how  
our continued partnership can support 
ALDI’s ambitious growth plans.

The year started strong with the team 
winning a contract for more than £2.2m 
to deliver a fully managed WAN for Engie 
Supply. Other significant wins in 2018 
included a £1.9m Global SIP contract 
with London Stock Exchange Group  
and a three-year contract with Bourne 
Leisure to provide Horizon Cloud PABX, 
SIP and SIP Trunk Call Manager.  
John Lewis Partnership also awarded 
Gamma a contract to consolidate their 
legacy public telephony into a highly 
available SIP solution.

In addition we were delighted to re-sign 
several managed services contracts for 
further business, including building and 
construction firm Taylor Wimpey for its 
fixed voice and mobile services.

This year has also seen investment in 
our support and delivery teams with the 
introduction of service advocates to 
help manage the complex requirements 
of our Enterprise customer accounts.

Public Sector
2018 has seen some very positive 
growth in the Public Sector unit, 
including contracting 1200 SIP Trunks 
to the Scottish Government, a strategic 
central government deal and a focus 
for us in 2018.

Amongst other notable deals,  
we won a long term contract to deliver  
a WAN across UK Met office locations 
and sites, following an extensive and 
very competitive bidding process.

A lot of rigorous work has gone into  
our successful application process  
to achieve Stage 1 and 2 compliance  
for Health & Social Care Network 
Accreditation (HSCN), which now allows 
us to provide our service into the 
NHS and Healthcare market sector.

University Clearing was again a  
massive success with over 21,000  
peak time concurrent calls carried 
across the Gamma network and  

51 Universities registered for  
support, with a 31% increase in 
chargeable services.

Mid Market
In our Mid Market teams, focus this year 
has been on improving processes in 
both internal and field sales to enable 
sustainable growth and improved 
conversion across the board. This effort 
has already borne fruit with a very 
successful year for both upsell and new 
business. The move from traditional to 
next generation voice services is still 
driving continued growth in this sector, 
with the majority of new wins being for 
our market-leading SIP Trunks and  
Cloud PBX, Horizon.

We have seen notable success in the 
finance sector this year with a standout 
win for £1.5m with debt management 
company, the PRA Group, to deliver 
3,000 channels of PCI compliant SIP 
Trunks. In addition, we’re supplying 
300 channels of resilient SIP Trunking  
to specialist savings and lending 
provider Shawbrook Bank, together with 
connectivity and Inbound services for its 
key customer-facing contact numbers.

In addition we made a number of  
key contract re-signs, including high 
street retailer Hidden Hearing, global 
omnichannel customer experience 
provider Teleperformance and a 
managed UK WAN for clothing  
retailer Levi’s.

The Loop
Our Manchester fibre network, 
The Loop, has further extended its reach 
with the addition of Point to Point 
connectivity from Manchester to new 
datacentres in London and Slough.  
This allowed us to a win a high capacity 
connection for the international  
TV production company ‘The Farm’ –  
best known for TV series ‘X Factor’ and 
‘Britain’s Got Talent’. This high capacity 
connection will link its new Manchester 
production facility to their London HQ 
and will facilitate editing of these 
flagship shows. We also obtained orders 
from ‘Booking.com’ who are now using 
The Loop Network and have expanded 
the network reach to the Greater 
Manchester area of Tameside using a 
creative method of laying fibre through 
the TfGM tram duct network.

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Overseas

DX Groep
Gamma acquired the DX Groep in 
October 2018, a growing telecoms 
group based in the Netherlands.  
The group consists of Dean One  
and Schiphol Connect. Revenue  
was £3.4m and gross profit was 
£1.9m since acquisition.

Willen van Ingen 
Managing Director – Dean One

Dean One
Dean One provides, via business 
partners, a wide range of telecom and 
internet products specifically for the 
SME market. The core products that 
Dean One takes to market are  
Cloud PBX services including fixed/
mobile integration, SIP Trunking,  
mobile services, data connectivity  
and traditional landlines.

Dean One focuses on differentiating 
from other operators by having a more 
personal service and easy-to-use 
intuitive portals. It is the philosophy of 
Dean One to offer all telephony and 
internet products in an exceptional, 
clear and easy to understand manner. 
The products are easy to implement and 
easy in use, both for the end customer 
organisation and the channel partner. 
This service focused ethos enables Dean 
One to get long term commitment from 
both partners and end customers.

Dean One has a number of partner 
programmes, offering a support model 
that is lined up to the needs of the 
partner. We support 364 business 
partners where Dean One owns the  
end customer contract (78% of total 
revenue), and 158 wholesale partners 
who invoice their customers directly, 
and the partner owns the contract  
(22% of total revenue). Besides 
traditional telecom partners there  

is a strong and growing number of ICT 
service providers and integrators active 
in this wholesale segment. In the retail 
segment Dean One works with two 
different types of partner models: 
Commercial Partners, who mainly focus 
on selling products and services and 
Service Partners, who also do the 
implementation and first line support  
of the customer.

Dean One launched the GO! Portal for 
Wholesale partners in 2017. The portal 
has been established to address the 
growing demand of ICT partners to sell 
Cloud PBX services. The portal is unique 
in the market because of its simplicity 
and ease of use. Partners are able to 
make all necessary changes themselves 
during the complete customer lifecycle, 
without requiring to engage with  
Dean One. The plan is to add more 
products and services to the Go Portal 
and to offer the platform to all  
channel partners.

At the end of 2019, KPN, the Netherlands 
Telecoms incumbent, has planned  
to cease the delivery of traditional  
ISDN telephony lines. Currently, 
approximately 60% of the SME market 
still makes use of this type of telephony. 
This offers Dean One, which also still has 
a lot of customers with traditional ISDN 
products, the opportunity to offer these 
customers Cloud PBX and SIP Trunking 
products. This transition has started in 
2018 and will be accelerated in 2019, 
where Dean One will be migrating new 
current customers through special 
propositions and tailor-made campaigns.

Besides the migration of ISDN telephony 
to VoIP products, Dean One will further 
develop its Cloud PBX offering with 
unified communications services.  
New services will be added so that the 
product can keep up with competition  
in the market and service the growing 
need of SMEs to have more than  
voice services.

In addition to the product development 
programme, Dean One is focused  
on both processes and systems to 
optimise the efficiency of the business. 
In 2019 Dean One will continue to phase 
out old propositions and systems and 
will finalise the migration to one  
billing platform.

Regarding mobile telephony, Dean One 
has signed a new agreement with 
T-Mobile. Dean One can make use of  
the network, products and services of 
T-Mobile. This network has been tested 
as the best network over the past  
three years in the Netherlands. 
The agreement with T-Mobile is unique 
in the Netherlands and guarantees that 
Dean One can make the difference with 
a strong competitive mobile only offer. 
This offering will provide a strong base 
to cross sell additional services.

Schiphol Connect
In 2018 Schiphol Connect has focused 
on migration of customers to its own 
network. In 2017, 398 customers were 
acquired from Schiphol Telematics, a 
100% daughter company of Royal 
Schiphol Group. By the end of 2018, 
380 customers were operational  
on the Schiphol Connect network.

Customers were migrated from 
traditional (TDM) telephony systems  
to a Cloud PBX and from mainly DSL 
technology to high bandwidth internet. 
Customers were offered to migrate to 
these new technologies.

The vast majority of customers have 
agreed to migrate as they were also 
given new IP phones with new features 
and higher bandwidths, thus enabling 
them to operate more efficiently.

In 2019 Schiphol Connect will focus  
on cross- and upselling with existing 
customers and acquiring new  
customers on the airport.

41

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceFinancial review

Positive financial 
performance

As the Chairman and CEO have outlined,  
2018 was characterised by one of Gamma’s 
strongest trading performances. 

Andrew Belshaw 
Chief Financial Officer

Changes in presentation  
and accounting policy
These are the first full year results which 
are presented by Gamma following the 
adoption of IFRS 9 and 15. The adoption 
of IFRS 15 means that all comparative 
figures in this report, except cash and 
dividends, have been restated. IFRS 9 has 
not resulted in a restatement but merely 
additional disclosure. IFRS 15 has not only 
affected revenue but has also required 
certain operating costs to be re-stated as 
items which were previously classified as 
assets (customer premises equipment) 
are now treated as a cost of sale.

In addition, Gamma has chosen to adopt 
IFRS 16 early and it has also chosen to 
use the modified retrospective approach 
to adoption which means there are no 
restatements to the prior year figures. 
The impact of the change on EBITDA and 
cash generated by operations is shown 
on the next page. Gamma is also 
presenting its results differently in that 
share based payments are no longer 
considered to be an adjusting item. That 
is, in our prior year results ‘adjusted 
EBITDA’ and ‘adjusted EPS’ were adjusted 
for share based payments whereas this  
is no longer the case, and comparative 
adjusted measures no longer include 
share based payments.

We have completed our first acquisition 
since our flotation in 2014 and for this 
year and in the future we will show PBT, 
PAT and EPS figures adjusted for the 
amortisation of the intangible assets 
which were recognised on acquisition  

Highlights
£284.9m +18%

Revenue grew from £242.0m 
in 2017 to £284.9m 

£132.2m +22%

Gross profit grew from £108.7m 
in 2017 to £132.2m 

£48.3m +34%

EBITDA grew from £36.0m 
in 2017 to £48.3m 

£40.6m +36%

Cash generated by operations grew  
from £29.9m in 2017 to £40.6m 

30.0p +25%

30.3p +31%

EPS (fully diluted) increased by 25% 
from 24.0p in 2017 to 30.0p

Adjusted EPS (fully diluted) grew 
by 31% from 23.1p to 30.3p

42

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018of the subsidiary. This adjustment is 
made to improve the comparability 
between acquired and organically  
grown operations, as the latter  
cannot recognise internally generated 
intangible assets. Adjusting for 
amortisation provides a more consistent 
basis for comparison between the two.

Reconciliations are given below in this 
financial review section and in note 1  
to the Annual Report and Accounts.

Revenue and gross profit
Indirect business
Revenue from the indirect business 
grew from £184.9m to £210.6m (+14%) 
and gross profit grew from £83.0m to 
£97.5m – an increase of £14.5m.

The traditional business (which includes 
calls and lines and trade with other 
carriers) declined significantly in 2017 but 
that decline slowed in 2018 and revenue 
fell from £50.5m in 2017 to £47.9m. The 
gross profit from this part of the business 
decreased slightly by £0.6m to £11.9m 
(2017: £12.5m). Whilst the calls and lines 
business (CPS and WLR) continues to 
decline as businesses move from legacy 
technology to new IP based products, 
our Carrier business is growing slightly 
after several years of decline. This is 
driven by a number of ‘non-traditional’ 
carriers entering the UK market who are 
leveraging Gamma’s expertise in IP 
telephony and number porting to 
support their own business offerings.

We group our data, mobile, SIP and Cloud 
PBX products as our ‘growth’ products. 
Revenue from growth product sales 
increased from £134.4m to £162.7m 
(+21%) and gross profit grew from £70.5m 
to £85.6m (+21%). The gross margin grew 
from 52% to 53%, which reflects the fact 
that the main contributor to this growth 
was SIP Trunking, which has a higher 
margin than other products. SIP Trunking 
and our Cloud PBX product (Horizon) 
grew in line with previous years and our 
data products have shown increased 
levels of growth. Our mobile product  
had subscriber numbers increasing 
throughout 2018 and hence the product 
contributed favourably to gross profit 
when comparing 2018 to 2017.

Direct business
The direct business continues to grow 
strongly. Revenue increased from  
£57.1m in 2017 to £70.9m (+24%) and 
gross profit from £25.7m to £32.8m 
(+28%). The gross margin grew from  
45% in 2017 to 46% in 2018.

Historically, we have shown our direct 
business revenues split between 
Traditional and Growth (which is how we 
disclose the split for the indirect 
business revenues). However we note 
that (a) our Traditional revenues are 
essentially static in the direct channel 
and therefore all growth has come from 
the Growth products; (b) we may on 
occasion win a contract where a 
customer is taking Traditional products 
but intends to migrate to Growth 
products; and (c) we increasingly 
describe the business by segment so, for 
example, we may reference Enterprise, 
Mid-Market and Public Sector. We will 
therefore show the revenues for the 
direct business split by segment rather 
than product as we believe this will 
enable a user of the accounts to better 
understand the revenue drivers of the 
business unit. For this year we have 
shown the split both ways but, in future, 
we will discontinue the product split.

To illustrate this point, under the former 
disclosure, the growth in the direct 
business was driven by our Growth 
product set where revenues increased 
from £46.3m to £59.9m and gross  
profit increased from £22.0m to  
£29.3m whereas the revenue growth  
in Traditional was only £0.2m  
(from £10.8m to £11.0m).

Reviewing the new disclosure split, it can 
be seen that of the revenue increase of 
£13.8m, £6.4m (46%) comes from 
Enterprise customers and £3.6m (26%) 
comes from the Public Sector. These two 
market segments grew by 30% and 28% 
respectively and are the growth drivers 
for the direct business.

There is some uncertainty over the 
growth rate in the Public Sector 
throughout 2019 due to budget 

uncertainty caused by the length of time 
which has been taken to conclude a 
‘Brexit deal’.

International
During the year the Group purchased DX 
Groep in the Netherlands. In the three 
months that the business has been a 
part of the Group it has contributed 
£3.4m of revenue and £1.9m of gross 
profit (a margin of 56%).

Operating expenses
Operating expenses grew from £82.4m 
(2017) to £97.8m. We break these down 
in Table 1 below.

We also separately present expenses 
included within cash generated from 
operations which have a more 
immediate effect on the cash flows of 
the business. Items such as depreciation 
and share based payments are ‘non-
cash’ in the year in which they are 
incurred. We believe that it is helpful to a 
user of the accounts to understand how 
the expenses interact with the cash 
demands of the business.

We also present the effect of share 
based payments. Historically we showed 
EBITDA and EPS adjusted for share 
based payments because the historical 
charges were inflated by significant 
levels of awards made at the point of 
IPO but these reduced significantly 
period on period and hence the 
decreasing charges were not reflective 
of the business performance but were 
merely reflective of the fact that lower 
levels of options have been awarded 
post float. Given that share based 
payments have now stabilised these are 
no longer excluded. However we show 
the impact of expenses so that a user 
can compare previous published data 
with the current period data.

Table 1 – Operating expenses

Expenses included within cash generated from operations –  
not related to leases
Expenses included within cash generated from operations – 
related to leases*
Depreciation and amortisation – tangible and intangible assets
Depreciation and amortisation – right of use assets*
Amortisation – intangible assets created on acquisition of subsidiary
Gains on disposal of fixed assets
Share based payments
Operating expenses

2018
£m

82.0

–

12.1
1.4
0.4
–
1.9
97.8

* We have separated the elements relating to leases and right of use assets to illustrate the effect of the 

adoption of IFRS 16.

2017
£m

69.5

1.2

10.4
–
–
(0.7)
2.0
82.4

43

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceFinancial review continued

Movements in cash based expenses 
were driven by:

•  ongoing growth in the number of 

customers buying new products for 
the first time continues to be a driver 
of overhead, especially in the area of 
provisioning product to our new 
Enterprise customers;

•  increased investment in product 

research that doesn’t meet 
capitalisation criteria;

•  continued investment in our  

sales teams; 

•  investment in our ‘digital strategy’ 

programme which will allow customers 
to provision and change services online 
and thereby will ultimately reduce 
overhead; and

•  central costs for consulting relating  
to our strategy programme and  
the due diligence costs of our 
European expansion.

The above increases were offset to some 
degree by our ongoing programme to 
reduce the running costs of our network 
through selective additional investment. 
We have eliminated £3m of costs per 
annum between 2016 and 2018 and this 
has been a contributor to the strong 
business performance in 2017 and 2018. 
This programme is now concluded and 
those cost savings have been included 
within these results. We continue  
to look for areas where efficiencies  
can be made.

Depreciation and amortisation have 
increased from £10.4m in 2017 to 
£13.9m in the current year. This is driven 
by increased capex over the past few 
years and the annual depreciation 
charge is now in line with the annual 
capex spend.

Share based payments are now at a 
consistent level year on year; they had 
been higher in previous years due to 
share awards made at the time of float 
in 2014.

Alternative performance measures
Our policy for alternative performance 
measures is set out in note 1.

Table 2 reconciles the alternative 
performance measures used  
in this document.

Table 3 – Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA

Table 2 – Alternative performance measures

Statutory  
basis

Amortisation 
of intangibles

Tax  
items

Adjusted  
basis

2018 
measure

EBITDA (£m)

PBT (£m)

PAT (£m)

EPS (FD) (p)

2017
measure

EBITDA

PBT (£m)

PAT (£m)

EPS (FD) (p)

Consistent with 2017 presentation  
and accounting policy

Changes due to presentation

• Share based payments

Changes due to accounting policy

• IFRS 15

• IFRS 16

Consistent with 2018 presentation  
and accounting policy

Table 4 – Cash flows

Consistent with 2017 presentation  
and accounting policy

Changes due to accounting policy

48.3

34.5

28.4

30.0

–

0.4

0.4

0.4

Statutory  
basis

Amortisation 
of intangibles

36.0

26.5

22.7

24.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

(0.1)

(0.1)

Tax  
items

–

–

(0.9)

(0.9)

48.3

34.9

28.7

30.3

Adjusted  
basis

36.0

26.5

21.8

23.1

Growth

31%

2018
£m

54.6

(1.9)

(5.8) 

1.4

2017
£m

41.6

(2.0)

(3.6)

–

48.3

36.0

34%

Cash generated by operations

2018
£m

48.0

2017
£m

38.8

Growth

24%

• IFRS 15 – customer premises equipment (CPE) 

(10.2)

(11.5)

spend

• IFRS 15

• IFRS 16

1.2

1.6

2.6

–

Consistent with 2018 presentation  
and accounting policy

40.6

29.9

36%

Consistent with 2017 presentation  
and accounting policy

Cash generated by operations/ 
adjusted EBITDA

2018
£m

2017
£m

48.0/54.6  
= 88%

38.8/41.6  
= 93% 

Consistent with 2018 presentation  
and accounting policy

40.6/48.3  
= 84%

29.9/36.0  
= 83%

In order to allow users of the accounts to 
see how these changes have affected 
the key metrics, we present a 
reconciliation (Table 3).

Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA
The combination of increasing sales of 
new products and operational 
improvements means that EBITDA grew 
from £36.0m in 2017 to £48.3m or 34%.

The changes to accounting policy and 
presentation have slightly flattered the 
percentage growth of EBITDA but this is 
driven mainly by the effect of IFRS 16 
which has adjusted the current period 

44

(favourably) and not the comparator as 
this is not restated; if the effect of 
IFRS 16 were to be removed the 
percentage growth is slightly lower 
under the new basis.

Cash flows
The cash balance at the end of the year 
was £35.5m, up from £31.6m at the end 
of the previous year. The cash generated 

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018by operations in the year was £40.6m 
(2017: £29.9m) and the main uses  
of this were:

•  capital expenditure of £12.7m  

(2017: £15.8m)

•  acquisition of DX Groep of £11.5m  

(2017: nil)

•  dividend paid of £8.1m (2017: £7.3m)

•  taxation paid of £4.3m (2017: £3.6m)

We had previously published a ratio of 
the adjusted EBITDA compared to  
cash generated by operations and 
commented that we would expect this 
ratio to average 90% giving a guide to 
the level of cash conversion from the 
underlying trading before our capex 
programme.

The accounting standard changes 
mentioned above have also affected  
the presentation of items within the 
statement of cash flows between  
cash generated by operations and 
investing activities.

The cash generated by operations figure 
is reconciled (Table 4).

As a result of the changes to adjusted 
EBITDA and the cash generated by 
operations we also set out below a 
comparison of the ratio under the old 
and new basis (Table 4).

Using either the old basis or the new 
basis the cash conversion from 
operations is broadly the same in  
both years. Whereas we used to 
comment that cash conversion would  
be around 90%, we now believe it will  
be between 80-85%.

The overall cash conversion looks less 
favourable under the new accounting 
policy because provision of CPE to 
customers is now treated as a sale  
with deferred payment terms and 
therefore cash flows which had 
appeared as capex are now, in effect, 
working capital movements.

The Group continues to be debt free and 
a number of lenders have indicated that 
they would be willing to support the 
Group with debt were it to be required 
for capital expenditure programmes or 
M&A activity.

Table 5 – Adjusted EPS (FD)

Adjusted EPS (FD)

Consistent with 2017 presentation and 
accounting policy

Changes due to presentation

• Share based payments

Changes due to accounting policy

• IFRS 15

• IFRS 16

Growth

+38%

2018
p

34.0

(1.5)

(2.5)

0.3

2017
p

24.6

(1.5)

–

–

Consistent with 2018 presentation  
and accounting policy

30.3

23.1

+31%

Taxation
The effective tax rate for 2018 was  
17.6% (2017: 14.3%). Note that the rate  
in the previous period was depressed 
significantly by a non-recurring tax 
credit of £0.9m which related to a tax 
overpayment from 2014 and earlier 
years. The effective rate for 2018 is also 
lower than expected due to one-off 
effects associated with IFRS 15 
implementation. 

Capital expenditure
The Group spent £12.7m (2017: £15.8m) 
on capital which was split as follows:

•  Regular spend on maintaining and 
increasing capacity on the core 
network was £11.6m (2017: £11.4m)

 – £9.1m was the cost of increasing 
capacity and development of the 
core network as well as other minor 
items such as IT and fixtures and 
fittings (2017: £7.7m).

 – £1.3m was the capitalisation of 

development costs incurred during 
the period (2017: £1.1m).

 – £1.2m was spent with third party 

software vendors for the software 
which underpins our Cloud PBX 
product (2017: £2.6m).

•  Project spend was as follows:

 – £1.1m was spent on the new national 

network. (2017: £4.4m).

Note that following adoption of IFRS 15, 
customer premises equipment (CPE) is 
no longer capitalised.

Creation of right of use asset
Upon the adoption of IFRS 16, an 
additional fixed asset of £6.2m was 
created. A corresponding liability was 
also created. This is a ‘non-cash item’.

Adjusted EPS (FD) and Statutory  
EPS (FD)
Adjusted EPS (FD) increased from  
23.1p to 30.3p (31%). As for EBITDA,  
the revision to accounting policies and 
changes in presentation impact the 
results. We have therefore provided a 
reconciliation to previous presentation 
and policies to aid users of these 
accounts (Table 5).

Under both the new and old regimes, 
the growth in adjusted EPS (FD) has 
been significant due to the very strong 
trading described earlier however the 
implementation of IFRS 15 has had a 
negative effect on 2018 compared to 
2017. This is because less CPE was 
shipped in 2018 than 2017 and this is 
now treated as a sale (at a profit) under 
IFRS 15 so, in effect, the gross profit on 
‘imputed sales’ of CPE was lower.

Statutory EPS (FD) grew from 24.0p to 
30.0p (25%). The growth is lower than 
the adjusted metric because, in the 
previous period, the figure was flattered 
by a tax rebate from previous years 
which was adjusted out as it was 
non-recurring and non-trading.

Dividends
The Board has proposed a final dividend 
of 6.2p (2017: 5.6p) representing a full 
year dividend of 9.3p. This is an increase 
of 11% against our dividend for 2017 of 
8.4p and is in line with our progressive 
dividend policy.

Subject to shareholder approval, the 
final dividend is payable on Thursday  
20 June 2019 to shareholders on the 
register as at Friday 31 May 2019.

Andrew Belshaw 
Chief Financial Officer

45

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceCorporate social responsibility

Celebrating 
the power   
of people

Our culture has been instrumental in the growth 
and success of the business to date. This is aided by 
trusting our staff, delegating as far as possible, and 
creating an informal, constructive environment.

Communicating with staff is obviously 
paramount in maintaining an involved 
and informed group of employees. We 
have quarterly conference calls where 
the management team individually brief 
the whole staff, supported by regular 
staff newsletters and CEO briefings 
(by location). Our staff churn across the 
business is low compared to industry 
norms, and particularly so in our 
customer service teams where 
knowledgeable, experienced staff are so 
vital to offering good customer service. 
Wherever we can, our preference is to 
grow our existing staff and ensure we 
provide learning opportunities for 
everyone. We have also recruited and 
developed both graduates and 
apprentices. In sales, for example, our 
strategy is to recruit graduates as 
desk-based support staff, developing 
them into field-based sales and 
ultimately sales management. The 

average tenure of our sales staff is well 
over five years, with many of our sales 
management having been with us for 
over ten years.

The business also offers staff a choice  
in terms of flexible benefits. We believe 
this flexibility gives our employees 
freedom and choice in selecting a 
customised basket of benefits to suit 
their specific needs and individual 
lifestyle. We also aim to provide a 
degree of peace of mind for our people 
through the provision of income 
protection and life assurance policies. 
For those employees juggling work, 
family or carer commitments, or trying 
to enhance their work/life balance, we 
provide the option for them to purchase 
additional holidays. We also offer 
employees the opportunity to improve 
their own health and wellbeing through 
discounted gym memberships and we 
also provide free fruit.

46

Staff learning and development remains 
a key priority for Gamma. It helps us to 
maximise the potential of our people, 
retain skills and grow the business.  
As a technically based business in a 
fast-changing market we need to keep 
our people’s skills up to date and give 
them the opportunity to grow and 
develop as best they can. A wide range of 
learning and development opportunities 
are available, including funding by 
Gamma to undertake Master’s level 
courses and other professional 
development courses.

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Gamma team events
As well as Christmas events at each 
office, in 2018 we saw the return of 
Gammafest, a Company-wide festival. 
Gammafest rewards employees for their 
fantastic achievements and contribution 
to Gamma, and allows them to celebrate 
their success. Gammafest is free to all 
employees. This allows for all employees 
to come together at one venue to meet 
colleagues from across the business, 
which is especially important as we have 
increased head count by over 10% in the 
last year. Gammafest offers employees 
from all our offices the opportunity to 
meet face-to-face, and gives 
homeworkers the chance to engage with 
their colleagues in a social setting to 
forge stronger working relationships. 
Employees can participate in fun 
team-building activities, such as human 
table football and volleyball. Many 
employees are skilled musicians and 
semi-professional singers, so the 
evening music festival provided them 
with the stage to team up with other 
staff and showcase their talent.  

In addition to improving employee 
engagement, it is satisfying for people  
to receive recognition for their wider 
talents and skills outside of the 
workplace. All employees are welcomed 
to Gammafest, regardless of their  
length of service, to show that Gamma 
recognises and values all employees’ 
contributions regardless of their time 
here, which will drive their contribution 
to Gamma's success going forward.

Apprenticeships
Gamma has continued to build and 
develop its apprentice offering with  
new programmes introduced in both 
Customer Support and IT and 
Infrastructure. Gamma has hired  
10 new apprentices during 2018 as well 
as dedicated specialists to support the 
learning and development of the newest 
apprentices. Gamma has been proud  
to support a number of the existing 
apprentices who have chosen to 
continue their studies via the 
apprenticeship model up to and 
including degree level.

Flexible benefits
Gamma offers all UK-based staff access 
to a Salary Sacrifice pension scheme, life 
assurance cover and income protection. 
In response to staff feedback, Gamma 
offers a flexible benefits package,  
which allows staff to trade salary for 
benefits such as a bike to work, gym 
membership, childcare vouchers and 
additional holiday. Gamma has also 
partnered with Reward Gateway to offer 
staff a variety of discounts from various 
retail outlets.

Share schemes
In addition to the long term incentive 
schemes which offer options to key 
employees, Gamma is keen to ensure 
that all employees who would like to  
be shareholders can do so in the most 
efficient way. In 2018 Gamma offered  
a Save As You Earn (‘SAYE’) scheme 
which allows all eligible employees to 
acquire shares.

Gammafest
Gammafest is a Company-wide  
festival. Gammafest rewards  
employees for their fantastic 
achievements and contribution  
to Gamma, and allows them  
to celebrate their success.

47

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceCorporate social responsibility continued

Gender Pay Gap
Gamma welcomes the new legislation 
set out in the Equality Act 2010 (Gender 
Pay Gap Information) Regulations 2017 
which requires organisations with over 
250 employees to report their gender 
pay gap against six key measures. We 
are published our first Gender Pay Gap 
report for UK employees and 
accompanying narrative in April 2018.

Gamma has long been committed  
to building a diverse and inclusive 
workforce as well as nurturing our 
reputation of being a great employer  
to work for. We believe in creating 
opportunities for all to grow and to 
flourish at work.

Gamma operates in a sector in which  
it is well documented that there is a 
shortage of technically skilled females 
who choose to pursue a career in 
telecommunications and technology.  
We have been keen to address this by 
ensuring that we recruit in an equal and 
fair way while maintaining standards of 
best practice. Working with a number of 
universities and other partners, we have 
been successful in attracting qualified 
women into teams where knowledge of 
science, technology, engineering or 
maths (STEM) is essential.

Where we have recruited staff into  
our Billing, Software Development, 
Programme Development and Technical 
Support departments, we have a gender 
pay gap in single digits. This gives us 
comfort that our general recruitment 
policies are working. However, because 
of the historic difficulty in recruiting 
females into technical roles, including 
leadership and management, we do 
have imbalances in other areas  
of the business.

Our figures
On the statutory snapshot date of 
5 April 2017, out of the total number  
of employees...

71.14%

were males

28.86%

were females

Statutory

Gender pay gap

Gender bonus pay gap

Mean*

34.60%

86.56%

Median*

25.62%

33.85%

* The mean is the average of a list of numbers.  

The median is the middle value in all of the numbers listed in numerical order.

Bonus proportions 

Proportion of males and females  
receiving a bonus 

Males

91.74%

Females

89.38%

Gamma’s Pay Quartiles 

Upper pay quartile 

Upper middle pay quartile 

Lower middle pay quartile
1
Lower pay quartile

48

% of males
in each pay quartile 

% of females
in each pay quartile 

85.49%

77.84%

64.77%

58.55%

14.51%

22.16%

35.23%

41.45%

We are, however, working hard to 
encourage, support, develop and retain 
women throughout their careers at 
Gamma and to prepare them for senior 
roles within the organisation. In 2018 we 
improved our maternity policy to further 
support women.

On International Women's Day 2018,  
we launched a Women in Technology 
Steering Group which focuses on issues 
which may hold women back in their 
careers, to innovate career progression, 
formalising an outreach programme to 
encourage young females to study  
STEM subjects. These outreach events 
have included employees visiting 
primary and secondary schools to 
promote STEM subjects, such as coding, 
to young women.

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Environment and CarbonNeutral®
Gamma is one of the few UK 
communications providers to be fully 
CarbonNeutral® certified with a net  
zero carbon footprint, and we are proud 
to support the Woodland Trust, an 
organisation dedicated to the protection 
and promotion of natural woodlands 
across the UK. We made a commitment 
to reducing our carbon footprint across 
our network back in 2006, through 
investment in the efficiency of our IP 
based network and other assets as  
well as an active offset management 
programme. This means Gamma  
is a fully certified CarbonNeutral® 
Company, making us one of the few 
communications providers in the UK  
to have a net zero carbon footprint.  
We’ve invested in various projects  
since becoming CarbonNeutral® –  
most recently:

•  Acre Amazonian Rainforest 

Conservation Project (Brazil) which 
protects 105,000 hectares of 
rainforest from deforestation by 
providing alternative economic 
development opportunities.

•  Meru and Nanyuki Community 

Reforestation Programme (Kenya) 
offers hundreds of individual tree 
planting activities which improve 
access to food and create additional 
sources of income.

•  Sub-Saharan Africa Improved Water 
Infrastructure Project which creates 
and repairs wells for clean drinking 
water in rural communities, meaning 
they no longer have to use firewood to 
boil and purify water, alleviating 
pressure on the local forests and 
reducing CO2 emissions.

Policy on staff support  
for good causes
Gamma operates a policy of ‘matched 
funding’ for all qualifying staff charity 
activities, which led to over £5,000 of 
donations for employee chosen  
charities in 2018.

Our annual fundraising event, Gamma 
Ball Rally, raised £100,000 in 2018 
(£500,000 over five years) for our chosen 
charities, Action Through Enterprise (ATE)
and SpecialEffect. ATE supports 
communities in Ghana, including 82 
businesses, providing 1,032 school meals 
and supporting 150 disabled children.  
ATE have said that Gamma has “been 
instrumental in establishing ATE as the 
charity it is today. From humble 
beginnings, Gamma has supported  
ATE to grow and access increasingly 
impoverished and marginalised 
communities in Ghana: from 460 
students in 2013, ATE now supports  
1,032 students across six schools; from  
18 small business owners equipped with 

training and grants, ATE has now 
supported 82 businesses to grow and 
thrive; and from 60 disabled children and 
their families ATE has more than doubled 
its support to reach over 150 disabled 
children and their families across three 
different locations in Upper West Ghana.” 

SpecialEffect puts fun and inclusion back 
into the lives of those with disabilities by 
providing special equipment so they can 
play videogames. In 2018 we also held 
football tournaments and bike rides  
for these charities, and these events 
collectively raised over £8,000 for these 
fantastic causes.

Gamma also regularly holds charity 
events across our sites, and in 2018  
we held our annual Macmillan coffee 
morning which raised over £1,100.  
We also raised money across our offices 
for other causes such as Sport Relief. 
2018 also saw the introduction of 
reverse festive calendars across all our 
Gamma offices, where employees were 
encouraged to bring in items which 
could then be donated to a foodbank 
local to each office. The generosity  
and support which Gamma employees 
showed towards these foodbanks  
was overwhelming.

Volunteering policy
Gamma actively encourages and 
supports employees who wish to 
volunteer within the community or for 
charities. Supporting volunteers helps 
the Group to build relationships with the 
local community and improves its 
perception within it. Employees who do 
volunteering work can use the skills that 
they have developed at work to help in 
the community, or learn new skills, such 
as leadership, helping to improve their 
morale, physical health and overall 
work/life balance. Our employees have 
also used their volunteering days to 
work with organisations such as 
mountain rescue teams, food banks  
and basketball clubs for children from 
disadvantaged backgrounds.

The strategic report was approved 
by the Board of Directors on
11 March 2019.

Andrew Belshaw 
Chief Financial Officer

49

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceCorporate governance

Chairman’s introduction  
to corporate governance

“The Company’s commitment to strong 
corporate governance and risk management 
will remain central to the business during 
2019 and beyond.”

Richard Last 
Chairman and Independent  
Non-Executive Director

The Directors support high standards of 
corporate governance. On 23 May 2018, 
the Board of Gamma formally decided to 
apply The QCA Corporate Governance 
Code (2018 edition) (the ‘QCA Code’). 
Gamma has adopted this code as it feels 
it takes key elements of good governance 
and applies them in a manner which is 
workable for the different needs of 
growing companies. The Group’s 
Corporate Governance Compliance  
Code document which was approved  
on 25 September 2018 is available on  
the website www.Gamma.co.uk

The Board is responsible for establishing 
and maintaining the system of internal 
controls which has been in place 
throughout 2018. The effectiveness of 
the Group’s system of internal controls 
is reviewed annually by the Audit 
Committee on behalf of the Board,  
as referred to in the Audit  
Committee report.

The Board comprises seven Directors, 
two of whom are Executive Directors 
and five of whom are Non-Executive 
Directors, reflecting a blend of different 
experience and backgrounds.

Of the Non-Executive Directors,  
the Group regards Richard Last, 
Alan Gibbins and Martin Lea as 
Independent Non-Executive Directors 
within the meaning of the Corporate 
Governance Code (2018 edition).

The Board meets regularly to  
consider strategy, performance and  
the framework of internal controls.  
To enable the Board to discharge its 
duties, all Directors receive appropriate 
and timely information. Briefing papers 
are distributed to all Directors in 
advance of Board meetings.

The Group has established Audit, 
Nomination, Remuneration and Risk 
Committees of the Board with formally 
delegated duties and responsibilities. 
The Group’s commitment to strong 
corporate governance and risk 
management will remain central to  
the business during 2019 and beyond.

Richard Last 
Chairman and Independent  
Non-Executive Director

The Board recognises that sound 
corporate governance is an essential 
underpinning for a growing, publicly 
quoted business, and is committed  
to ensuring the integrity of both  
its processes and of those of  
the Company as a whole.

50

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Corporate governance framework
The Board has a coherent corporate governance framework, as illustrated below, 
with clearly defined responsibilities and accountabilities designed to safeguard and 
enhance long term shareholder value and provide a robust platform to realise the 
Company’s strategy.

Board of Directors

Chairman 

Executive 
Directors 

Non-Executive 
Directors 

Richard Last 
Chairman and Independent Non-Executive Director

Andrew Taylor
Chief Executive Officer

Andrew Belshaw
Chief Financial Officer

Alan Gibbins 
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Martin Lea 
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Andrew Stone 
Non-Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Wu Long Peng 
Non-Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Board Committees

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee’s  
role is to provide effective 
governance over Gamma’s 
financial reporting, 
including the adequacy of 
disclosures made in the 
financial statements; to 
review the performance  
of the external auditors;  
to provide oversight of the 
Group’s systems of internal 
financial control; and to 
report to the Board on 
these matters.

Nomination Committee
The Nomination 
Committee assists the 
Board in discharging its 
responsibilities relating  
to the composition and 
make-up of the Board  
and any Committees  
of the Board.

Risk Committee 
The Risk Committee  
assists the Board in its  
duty to carry out a robust 
assessment of the principal 
non-financial risks facing 
the Company (financial  
risk is considered by the 
Audit Committee).

Remuneration Committee
The Committee is primarily 
responsible for 
determining and agreeing 
with the Board the broad 
policy for the remuneration 
and employment terms of 
the Executive Directors, 
Chairman and other  
senior executives and,  
in consultation with the  
CEO, for determining the 
remuneration packages of 
senior executive managers.

2018 Membership 

2018 Membership 

2018 Membership 

2018 Membership 

Alan Gibbins (Chair)

Richard Last (Chair)

Martin Lea (Chair)

Martin Lea (Chair)

Richard Last 

Martin Lea

Martin Lea

Alan Gibbins

Wu Long Peng

Andrew Stone

Richard Last 

Alan Gibbins

Richard Last 

Alan Gibbins

Andrew Taylor

Audit Committee Report 
page 58

Nomination Committee 
Report page 57

Remuneration Committee 
Report page 60

Risk Committee Report 
page 57

Board roles

The Board is composed  
of a number of key roles, 
each responsible for  
a particular area of 
governance and to bring 
balance to decision making.

Chairman
The Chairman is  
responsible for the 
leadership of the Board.

Executive Directors
They have responsibility  
for running the  
Company’s business.

Non-Executive Directors
They bring an independent 
perspective to decision-
making; they hold senior 
management to account; 
they also support and 
mentor the CEO and  
senior management.

51

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governance 
Board of Directors

We have an experienced Board which blends industry 
expertise with public company experience and the 
knowledge and skills of our long standing shareholders.

Richard Last 
Chairman and Independent  
Non-Executive Director
Richard is Chairman and 
Non-Executive Director of ITE 
Group plc, a leading international 
exhibition and conference 
organisation listed on the London 
Stock Exchange, of AIM-listed Tribal 
Group plc, an education software, 
systems and services group, and 
Arcontech Group plc, a financial 
services software company. He is 
also a Non-Executive Director of 
Corero Network Security plc, an 
AIM-quoted IT security solutions 
provider. Richard is also Chairman 
and Non-Executive Director of 
British smaller companies VCT 2 plc 
and Lighthouse Group plc; he is 
standing down from both Boards  
at their respective forthcoming 
AGMs in May this year. 

Richard is a Fellow of the Institute  
of Chartered Accountants in 
England and Wales.

Andrew Taylor 
Chief Executive Officer 

Andrew Belshaw  
Chief Financial Officer 

A Chartered Accountant by 
background, Andrew has worked  
in both audit and corporate finance 
at Deloitte LLP and Ernst & Young, 
specialising in providing advice to  
a wide range of clients in the 
technology sector. After leaving 
private practice, Andrew worked 
alongside the Commercial Director 
in a new business development role 
at Xansa plc before joining Gamma.

Andrew has a degree in Maths from 
St John’s College, Cambridge and 
gained an MBA from Warwick 
University Business School. He is a 
Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales.

Andrew has over 22 years’ experience 
in the telecommunications industry, 
and has a demonstrable track record 
of achievement in previous roles,  
both in the UK and internationally. 
Until recently, Andrew was Chief 
Executive Officer of Nomad Digital,  
a provider of IP connectivity and 
digital solutions to the global 
transportation sector. In this role 
(2013-2017), Andrew was responsible 
for establishing Nomad as a leader  
in the sector, and when acquired by 
Alstom in 2017, was serving over 
50 global customers from 20 offices.

Before joining Nomad, Andrew  
was Digicel’s Regional Chief  
Executive Officer (2012-2013), with 
responsibility for all fixed and mobile 
operations across the Northern 
Caribbean. In this role, Andrew had 
responsibility for all fixed network 
services and business/ ICT solutions 
across 26 international markets,  
and was responsible for driving 
significant growth in both revenues 
and profitability.

From 2008 to 2010, Andrew was  
Chief Executive of Intec Telecom PLC,  
a provider of software solutions.  
After a period of significant growth 
and business improvement, Intec  
was acquired by CSG in 2010.

Alan Gibbins 
Independent 
Non-Executive Director
Alan has extensive experience  
of public company reporting and 
financial services spanning 30 years 
with Price Waterhouse and 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 
having been a Partner from 1985 
until 2006.

His responsibilities included one  
of the main London audit groups 
and he was an Audit and Business 
Assurance Partner. Alan is presently 
Chairman of Jefferies International 
Ltd and stood down from the  
board of BlueBay Asset 
Management at the end of 2018.  
He is a Non-Executive Director  
and Trustee for a number of private 
not for profit companies. Alan 
joined Gamma in June 2014 and is 
Chairman of the Audit Committee.

Alan has an MA in Modern History 
from Lincoln College, Oxford and is 
a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in  
England and Wales.

Year joined 
2014 

Year joined 
2018

Year joined 
2007

Year joined 
2014

Committee membership
•  Chairman of the Nomination 

Committee membership
•  Member of the Risk Committee

Committee membership
–

Committee

•  Member of the Audit Committee
•  Member of the Remuneration 

Committee

•  Member of the Risk Committee

52

Committee membership
•  Chairman of the Audit Committee
•  Member of the Nomination 

Committee

•  Member of the Remuneration 

Committee

•  Member of the Risk Committee

Corporate governance continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Andrew Stone 
Non-Independent 
Non-Executive Director
Andrew is Managing Partner of 
St Albans Capital LLP, a family 
investment management vehicle. 
Andrew is also a Founder and 
Director of Greenstone+, a market 
leader in non-financial reporting 
software. Andrew recently joined 
the Board of Frugalpac, a recycling 
packaging business.

Andrew also sits on the Boards of 
Epsilon Global Communications  
Pte Ltd and Calcot Hotels Limited.  
From 1993-2006 Andrew held 
various positions at ED&F Man 
including Managing Director of 
ED&F Man Asia.

Wu Long Peng 
Non-Independent 
Non-Executive Director
Long Peng has more than 30 years’ 
experience in finance and corporate 
affairs. He is a Non-Executive 
Director of Malaysian Bulk Carriers 
Berhad (a company listed on Bursa 
Malaysia), Pacc Offshore Services 
Holdings Limited (a company listed 
on the Singapore Exchange), 
Mapletree Commercial Trust 
Management Ltd and Epsilon Global 
Communications Pte Ltd. Long Peng 
joined the Board of Gamma in 2011.

Long Peng is a Fellow Member  
of the Association of Chartered 
Certified Accountants in the 
United Kingdom and a member  
of the Institute of Singapore 
Chartered Accountants.

Martin Lea 
Independent 
Non-Executive Director
Martin has over 20 years’ 
experience leading businesses 
within the support services, 
telecommunications and network, 
integration and service sectors. 
Most recently, he served as interim 
CEO at Multicom Security Group 
and was President and CEO of 
Invitel from 2004 to 2011. Prior to 
Invitel, Martin was Executive Vice 
President of Intertek Group plc  
and Managing Director of Racal 
Telecom. Martin joined Gamma  
in June 2014 and is Chairman  
of the Remuneration and Risk 
Committees. Martin is also an 
Independent Non-Executive 
Director of Epsilon Global 
Communications PTE Ltd,  
a privately owned provider  
of global communications and 
infrastructure services.

Martin has a BA 1st class (Hons) 
degree in Business Studies, and is a 
Fellow of the Institute of Directors.

Composition

The Board comprises seven 
directors, two of whom  
are Executive Directors  
and five of whom are 
Non-Executive Directors.

Chairman and Independent 
Non-Executive Director (1)

Chief Executive Officer (1)
Chief Financial Officer (1)
Independent
Non-Executive Director (2)
Non-Independent
Non-Executive Director (2)

Year joined 
2014

Year joined 
2011

Year joined 
2011

Committee membership
•  Chairman of the Remuneration 

Committee membership
•  Member of the Nomination 

Committee membership
•  Member of the Nomination 

Committee

Committee

Committee

•  Chairman of the Risk Committee
•  Member of the Nomination 

Committee

•  Member of the Audit Committee

53

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceLeadership team

Andrew Taylor 
Chief Executive Officer
Biography available on page 52 
Board of Directors. 

Andrew Belshaw 
Chief Financial Officer
Biography available on page 52 
Board of Directors. 

Daryl Pile 
Managing Director – UK Indirect
Daryl joined Gamma in 2003 and 
has a proven track record in 
overseeing revenue and margin 
growth in the telecoms industry. 
With over 17 years’ of experience, 
he has taken a number of business 
development roles including Head 
of Channel and Sales Director at 
companies such as Telia, Uniworld 
and Gamma. Prior to his current 
position, Daryl was Head of Sales 
for the PBX / UC channel overseeing 
the development of around half our 
channel partners.

Daryl is a graduate of the University 
of Surrey with a degree in 
Economics.

Steve Lowe 
Product Director, Mobile
Steve has over 23 years’ experience 
in the mobile telecommunications 
industry. Having held senior 
operational and product 
development roles at BT Cellnet  
and One 2 One, Steve established 
and led the Mobile Virtual Network 
Operator businesses of Kingston 
Communications and BT. For the 
past 14 years, he has provided 
hands-on consultancy services  
to a variety of mobile network 
operators and mobile virtual 
network operators across Europe, 
including Deutsche Telekom and 
Vodafone. Steve joined Gamma in 
July 2018 to lead the development 
of its mobile business.

Phil Stubbs 
Chief Technical Officer
Phil joined Gamma at the beginning 
of 2018 to lead the Company’s 
technical strategy and manage  
the end-to-end design and 
development of the Gamma 
network and products. He has over 
20 years experience in delivering 
high value solutions within 
communications companies, both 
within network operators and 
solution vendors. Phil spent the 
early part of his career in software 
development at Vodafone and has 
degrees in Electronic Engineering 
and Mathematics.

Andy Morris 
Chief Strategy and Operating 
Officer
Andy joined Gamma in 2006 with a 
proven track record of establishing 
and running high quality, customer 
orientated, operations. Previously 
Cable & Wireless he successfully  
ran a business unit responsible for 
12 of Cable and Wireless’s largest 
corporate customers including 
Marks and Spencer and Alliance and 
Leicester. Prior to that he was 
involved with a number of 
Telecom’s start ups both in the UK 
and across a number of European 
countries. He spent the early part of 
his career with GEC Marconi 
Aerospace and is an Engineering 
graduate of Nottingham Trent 
University.

54

Corporate governance continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018David Macfarlane 
Managing Director – UK Direct
David joined Gamma in 2012 
following Gamma’s acquisition  
of his managed services business 
Varidion Limited and now heads  
up Gamma Network Solutions,  
our enterprise solutions division.  
Prior to this, David was the CTO at 
Sirocom and latterly the Group CTO 
at Azzurri Communications and has 
over 25 years experience in creating 
and delivering managed services.

Alan Mackie 
Products Director, Application 
Services
Alan has over 20 years’ experience 
in the telecoms and data managed 
services industry, in senior product 
management, marketing and 
project management roles. 
Immediately prior to his current 
role, Alan was Head of Voice 
Services at Gamma, having 
undertaken product/project 
management roles at application 
hosting companies, Aspective and 
Global Crossing earlier in his career.

Alan is a graduate of Napier 
University, with a degree in 
Communications Engineering.

David Doherty 
Product Director, Access and 
Digital Strategy
David has been with Gamma since 
2016 and leads the networking  
and access product portfolio.  
He is also responsible for Gamma’s 
overall digital strategy. David has 
held a number of senior positions 
responsible for product 
development, large change 
programmes and ICT leadership  
in managed service providers  
such as Racal, NTL Business  
(now Virgin Media Business), Vanco 
and Easynet. Previous to joining 
Gamma, David was ICT Director for 
Ofcom the UK communications 
regulator. Outside work David 
enjoys cooking, photography and 
has recently taken up running.

Malcolm Goddard 
Group Commercial Director
Malcolm joined Gamma in 2005 
bringing over 15 years experience in 
M&A, multi-national procurement, 
business management and 
IT outsourcing.

Malcolm’s early career was with  
ICI and Astrazeneca, and he has  
a degree in Engineering from 
Cambridge University.

John Murphy 
Group Operations Director, 
Operations Management
John joined Gamma in 2011 bringing 
over 15 years of experience 
delivering successful customer 
service projects and large financial 
programmes within telecoms, 
financial services and utilities 
industries. Having previously  
spent eight years as a change 
management consultant, he  
then took an operational role for 
Gamma in 2013 and since that  
time has worked in various senior 
operational roles before being 
appointed to Group Operations 
Director in 2018.

Pam Williams 
Human Resources Director
As a senior Human Resources 
Leader with international 
experience, Pam has over 20 years’ 
operational and strategic 
experience gained in a diverse 
range of sectors including 
information products, technology, 
creative digital media and the public 
sector. She has a demonstrable 
track record in building 
organisational capability through 
transformational change; growing 
leadership and workforce capability 
and contributing to business 
effectiveness. Pam has worked in 
start-up, entrepreneurial and 
established organisations ranging 
from SMEs through to a Fortune 
200 organisation leading HR teams 
and in stand-alone roles. Pam has 
an MA in Coaching & Mentoring 
Practice (Oxford Brookes) and an 
MBA (OU). She is a Chartered Fellow 
of the CIPD and a Fellow of the CMI.

55

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceCorporate governance report

All Directors have access to the advice 
and services of the Company Secretary, 
who is responsible to the Board for 
ensuring that Board procedures are 
followed and that applicable rules  
and regulations are complied with.  
In addition, the Company Secretary  
will ensure that the Directors receive 
appropriate training as necessary.  
The appointment and removal of the 
Company Secretary is a matter for  
the Board as a whole. All Directors are 
supplied with information in a timely 
manner in a form, and of a quality, 
appropriate to enable them to discharge 
their duties.

Board performance
The Company has a formal process  
of annual performance evaluation  
for the Board, its Committees and 
individual Directors. The Board and its 
Committees are satisfied that they are 
operating effectively.

A performance evaluation of the Board, 
the Board Committees and individual 
Directors will continue to be conducted 
annually and the method for such review 
will continue to be reviewed by the 
Board in order to optimise the process.

The review is based on a template 
covering key areas:

Below is a table of attendance.

•  Board composition;

During 2018, certain Directors who  
were not Committee members attended 
meetings of the Audit Committee and 
Remuneration Committee by invitation. 
These details have not been included in 
the table. Where a Director is unable to 
attend meetings of the Board or of 
Board Committees, such Director is 
invited to review the relevant papers for 
the meetings and provide his comments 
to the Board or the Board Committees 
in advance of such meetings.

•  Board information;

•  Board process, internal control and 

risk management;

•  Board accountability;

•  CEO and top management; and

•  Standards of Conduct

The areas are scored by all members 
and reviewed by the Chairman and 
Company Secretary and compared 
against the previous evaluation.  
Lower scores are discussed.

The Company has Directors’ and 
officers’ liability insurance in place.

Board meeting attendance

Executive Directors
Andrew Taylor

Bob Falconer

Andrew Belshaw

Non-Executive Directors
Richard Last (Independent)

Alan Gibbins (Independent)

Martin Lea (Independent)

Wu Long Peng

Andrew Stone

Board  
meeting

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Risk 
Committee

8/8

4/4

10/10

10/10

10/10

10/10

10/10

10/10

n/a

n/a

n/a

4/4

4/4

4/4

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

5/6

6/6

6/6

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

2/2

1/1

n/a

2/3

3/3

3/3

n/a

n/a

The workings of the Board  
and its Committees
At 31 December 2018, the Board was 
comprised of five Non-Executive 
Directors, one of whom is the Chairman, 
and two Executive Directors. Of the 
Non-Executive Directors, three are 
considered to be independent. The 
Board is responsible to the shareholders 
for the proper management of the 
Group. It meets regularly, as set down in 
the table below, to review trading 
performance, set and monitor strategy, 
examine acquisition and divestment 
possibilities, approve major capital 
expenditure projects and other 
significant financing matters and report 
to shareholders. The Board delegates 
authority to the management for the 
day-to-day business under a set of 
delegated authorities which cover: 
routine operational matters, purchasing 
procedures, financial authority limits, 
contract approval procedures and the 
hiring of full time and temporary staff 
and consultants.

Matters for review by the Board are 
communicated in advance of formal 
meetings. All of our Directors are subject 
to election by shareholders at the first 
AGM after their appointment to the 
Board. Thereafter, all Directors are 
subject to re-election by shareholders  
at each AGM. In addition, any 
Non-Executive Director who has served 
on the Board for more than nine years 
will be subject to annual re-election.

The Chairman and Non-Executive 
Directors have other third party 
commitments including directorships  
of other companies. The Company  
is satisfied that these associated 
commitments have no measurable 
impact on their ability to discharge  
their responsibilities effectively. 

New Directors receive induction on their 
appointment to the Board which covers 
the activities of the Group and its key 
business and financial risks, the terms  
of reference of the Board, and its 
Committees, and the latest financial 
information about the Group.

56

Corporate governance continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Time commitment
The Executive Directors are expected to 
devote substantially the whole of their 
time, attention and ability to their duties, 
whereas, as one would expect, the 
Non-Executives have a lesser time 
commitment. The Non-Executive 
Directors are required to spend sufficient 
time in the business to discharge their 
responsibilities. Typically this is  
50-60 days per year for the Chairman,  
25-30 days per year for Independent 
Non-Executives with chair of committee 
responsibilities and 16-20 days for 
Non-Independent Non-Executives. The 
Chairman and Non-Executive Directors 
have other third party commitments 
including directorships of other 
companies. The Company is satisfied  
that these associated commitments  
have no measurable impact on their 
ability to discharge their responsibilities 
effectively. The Executive Directors  
are permitted to have third party 
commitments with the permission of the 
Chairman. At present the CEO has one 
non-executive role and the CFO has no 
external commitments.

Committees
The following Committees deal with 
specified aspects of the Group’s affairs.

Audit Committee
The make-up and workings of the  
Audit Committee are set out in the  
Audit Committee report on page 58.

Remuneration Committee
The make-up and workings of the 
Remuneration Committee, together  
with details of the Directors’ 
remuneration, interest in options, 
together with information on service 
contracts, are set out in the Report on 
Directors’ Remuneration. No Director  
is involved in the decision about their 
own remuneration.

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee assists the 
Board in discharging its responsibilities 
relating to the composition and make-up 
of the Board and any Committees  
of the Board. It is also responsible for 
periodically reviewing the Board’s 
structure and identifying potential 
candidates to be appointed as Directors 
or Committee members as the need 
may arise. The Nomination Committee 
is responsible for evaluating the balance 
of skills, knowledge and experience and 
the size, structure and composition of 
the Board and Committees of the Board, 
retirements and appointments of 
additional and replacement Directors 
and Committee members and will make 
appropriate recommendations to the 
Board on such matters.

The Nomination Committee is  
chaired by Richard Last and its other 
members are Martin Lea, Alan Gibbins, 
Wu Long Peng and Andrew Stone.

The Company’s policy is to attract and 
develop a highly qualified and diverse 
workforce, to ensure that all selection 
decisions are based on merit and that  
all recruitment activities are fair and 
non-discriminatory. We continue to 
focus on encouraging diversity of 
business skills and experience, 
recognising that Directors and managers 
with diverse skills sets, capabilities  
and experience gained from different 
backgrounds enhance the Group.

Risk Committee
The Risk Committee was formed in 
December 2017 to assist the Board in its 
duty to carry out a robust assessment  
of the principal non-financial risks facing 
the Company (financial risk is considered 
by the Audit Committee). Its main 
function is to review the risk register 
prepared and maintained by 
management and to re-confirm that  
the principal risks have been identified 
and (where appropriate) mitigated.  
The Committee has identified six 
principal risk areas – Operational, 
Suppliers, Market Landscape, Legal  
and Regulatory, Key Personnel 
and Reputational. 

The purpose of the Committee is to 
manage rather than eliminate risk and 
therefore it cannot provide absolute 
assurance against any one risk. The role 
of the Committee will be to review 
reports from management to consider 
whether significant risks are identified, 
evaluated, managed and controlled and 
whether any significant weaknesses are 
promptly remedied. It will also indicate a 
need for more extensive monitoring.

The Risk Committee is chaired by Martin 
Lea and its other members are Richard 
Last, Andrew Taylor, Alan Gibbins and 
Andy Morris (Chief Strategy and 
Operating Officer).

Relations with shareholders
Communication with shareholders is 
given high priority by the Board and  
is undertaken through press releases, 
general presentations at the time of the 
release of the annual and interim results 
and face-to-face meetings. The Group 
issues its results promptly to individual 
shareholders and also publishes the 
same on the Company’s website. 
Regular updates to record news in 
relation to the Company are also 
included on the website.

In order to ensure that the members  
of the Board develop an understanding 
of the views and concerns of major 
shareholders there is regular dialogue 
with institutional shareholders, 
including meetings after the 
announcement of the Company’s  
annual and interim results. The Board 
uses the AGM to communicate with 
private and institutional investors and 
welcomes their participation. The 
Chairman also visits major shareholders.

Signed on behalf of the Board by:

Richard Last 
Chairman and Independent  
Non-Executive Director 
11 March 2019

57

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceAudit Committee report

plan; the half year announcement 
together with the external auditors’ 
review of those results; and the full  
year Report and Accounts, again with 
the external auditors’ observations  
and opinions.

The Committee also meets separately at 
least once a year with the external 
auditors without others being present. 
The Chairman of the Committee 
maintains a regular dialogue with the 
Chief Financial Officer and his team and 
with the external auditors.

Role and responsibilities
The Committee’s role is summarised  
at the beginning of this report. The 
Committee works within a framework  
of approved terms of reference which 
are reviewed annually.

In fulfilment of its role and 
responsibilities, the Committee:

•  reviews Gamma’s financial statements 
and finance-related announcements, 
including compliance with statutory 
and listing requirements;

•  considers whether these statements 

and announcements provide a 
balanced and understandable view of 
Gamma’s strategy and performance, 
and of the associated risks. Further 
consideration of these matters is also 
provided by the Risk Committee and 
by the Board as a whole;

•  considers the appropriateness of 
accounting policies and significant 
accounting judgements and the 
disclosure of these in the financial 
statements;

•  reviews the effectiveness of financial 
controls and systems. Gamma does 
not have an internal audit function and 
the Committee continues to be of the 
view that Gamma is not yet of a size 
and complexity to warrant the 
establishment of such a function. The 
Committee’s consideration of internal 
audit matters and engagement of third 
parties to review particular areas is 
described below; and

•  oversees the relationship with and 

performance of the external auditors.

The board have authorised the 
committee to seek any information it 
requires from any employee of the 
company in order to perform its duties, 
obtain independent legal, accounting or 
other professional advice on any matter 
it believes necessary to do so and also 

have the right to publish in the 
company’s annual report detail of any 
issues that cannot be resolved between 
the committee and the board.

Activities of the Committee  
during the year
In fulfilment of the responsibilities set 
out previously, the Committee’s activities 
have focused on financial reporting and 
the related statutory audit; and on the 
assessment of internal financial controls.

Financial reporting and statutory audit
The Committee has reviewed with both 
management and the external auditors 
the half year and annual financial 
statements, focusing on:

•  the overall truth and fairness of the 

results and financial position, including 
the clarity of disclosures shown in the 
statements and their compliance with 
statutory, listing and good practice 
requirements. This includes 
accounting disclosures and whether  
at least equal prominence is given to 
GAAP results where non-GAAP 
amounts are disclosed. The Audit 
Committee is satisfied that Gamma is 
transparent on these matters and 
follows good practice;

•  the appropriateness of the accounting 
policies and practices used in arriving 
at those results. The Group’s 
preparation for the implementation  
of IFRS 15 (Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers), IFRS 16 (Leases) and 
IFRS 9 (Financial Instruments) were 
reviewed by the Committee last year 
and we can report that there have 
been no issues with implementation  
in the current year;

•  the resolution of significant accounting 
judgements or of matters raised by 
the external auditors during the 
course of their half year review and 
annual statutory audit. Key issues are 
described in more detail below; and

•  the quality of the Annual Report taken 
as a whole, including disclosures on 
Governance, Strategy, Risks and 
Remuneration, and whether it gives  
a fair, balanced and understandable 
picture of the Group.

This year the Company has adopted the 
QCA Governance Code issued by the 
Quoted Companies Alliance in April 
2018. This is a practical, outcome-
oriented approach to corporate 
governance which is considered to  
be a valuable reference for growing 

Audit Committee role

The Audit Committee’s role is to 
provide effective governance over 
Gamma’s financial reporting, 
including the adequacy of disclosures 
made in the financial statements;  
to review the performance of the 
external auditors; to provide 
oversight of the Group’s systems  
of internal financial control; and to 
report to the Board on these matters.

Membership

The members of the Audit 
Committee and meetings  
attended are:

Name

Alan Gibbins, Chairman

Richard Last

Martin Lea

Meetings  
attended

The Committee consists of the three 
Independent Non-Executive Directors, 
including the Chairman of the Board, 
who between them have a balance of 
recent and relevant financial experience 
and accounting training, and general 
business knowledge. There were no 
changes to the membership of the 
Committee during the year.

The Committee meets at least three 
times a year generally just prior to Board 
meetings to facilitate immediate and 
efficient reporting to the Board, with 
additional meetings where necessary. 
The external auditors are invited to each 
meeting. The CEO and Chief Financial 
Officer (together with members of the 
finance team as appropriate), and the 
other Non-Executive Directors also 
attend by invitation.

The pattern of meetings follows the 
public reporting and audit cycle, with 
meetings to consider the external audit 

58

Corporate governance continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018companies. Its implementation has not 
required any major adjustments to the 
Company’s governance, including 
disclosures in these accounts, and the 
Committee has satisfied itself that 
Gamma complies with the QCA Code.

External audit-accounting matters
The Committee discussed, challenged 
and agreed with Deloitte LLP their 
detailed audit plans prepared in 
advance of the audit, which set out their 
assessment of key audit risks and 
materiality. Key risks were assessed to be:

•  the accuracy of traffic and pricing data;

•  the risk inherent to all companies of 
management override of internal 
controls; and

•  purchase price accounting related to 

the DX Groep acquisition.

Further details of Deloitte’s audit and 
their conclusions thereon are contained 
in the audit opinion on pages 74 to 77.

Consideration of the audit appointment 
is given at the end of this Audit 
Committee report.

Accounting policies, practices and 
judgements
The selection of appropriate  
accounting policies and practices is  
the responsibility of management,  
and the Committee discussed these  
with both management and the  
external auditors.

Revenue recognition
As last year, there were particular 
discussions on the complexity of 
auditing the area of revenues (to ensure 
the accuracy of billings to clients). This 
continues to be an important area of 
audit focus where the external auditors 
use specialist audit techniques. We are 
pleased to note that further progress 
has been made this year and are 
satisfied that the audit of this key area  
is as incisive as possible. The Audit 
Committee continues to be satisfied  
as to the robustness of the reporting  
of revenues and associated costs.

Purchase price accounting for DX Groep
Following this first acquisition by 
Gamma since listing on AIM, the 
Audit Committee had a particular focus 
on the purchase price accounting and 
associated judgements and estimates 
applied by management in identifying 
the value of intangible assets and 
goodwill. These were discussed with 

management and the Committee has 
received reports provided by third 
parties as part of this process.

More broadly, DX Groep in the 
Netherlands has been a part of the 
Gamma Group since October 2018. 
At present its results are not material  
to the Group and the incumbent local 
auditors have been left in place for the 
2018 audit. A desktop review of the 
results and balance sheet has been 
carried out by Deloitte who have also 
audited the purchase price adjustments 
relating to goodwill and other  
intangible assets.

Brexit
The Committee considers that the 
disclosures made in relation to Brexit  
in this Annual Report and Accounts 
adequately describe the potential 
impact to the Group. 

Other areas of judgement
The Group’s preparation for the 
implementation of IFRS 9 (Financial 
Instruments), IFRS 15 (Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers) and IFRS 16 
(Leases) was reviewed by the Committee 
last year and we are pleased to report 
that there have been no issues with 
implementation in the current year.

Since flotation, we have reported on the 
Committee’s review of a number of 
other areas including the capitalisation 
of internal development costs; the 
carrying value of fixed assets; the 
calculation of the charge for share based 
payments; the adequacy of provisions 
for leasehold dilapidations; and 
provisions for taxation. The Committee 
is satisfied that all of these areas of 
Gamma’s processes and procedures  
are well developed and appropriate for 
each of the areas concerned, and that 
each is properly accounted. Although 
these are no longer considered material 
areas of accounting judgement, they are 
important matters which are kept under 
review by the Audit Committee.

Assessment of internal financial control
Management is responsible for putting 
in place internal financial controls over 
financial reporting to protect the 
business from identified material risks.

Deloitte place reliance on controls in 
their audit of the revenue balance. 
Controls are not relied on other areas  
of audit.

The Audit Committee is of the view  
that the size of the Group is now such 
that having some degree of internal 
audit work carried out is a priority.  
The Chairman of the Audit Committee 
and the CFO maintain a dialogue with 
external providers of internal audit 
services as to what areas might usefully 
be reviewed.

Over the last two years Gamma has 
commissioned internal audit work  
from KPMG on Gamma’s billing system 
and from PwC on controls over  
physical stock.

In 2018 Gamma engaged KPMG  
to carry out a high level review of 
controls in four areas: purchase to pay; 
order to cash; HR/payroll; and financial 
controls/tax/treasury. A number  
of helpful observations have been  
made and are being addressed  
to further strengthen the internal 
control environment.

External audit
Effectiveness
The Committee is pleased to report  
that Gamma and Deloitte are working 
and communicating well and that the 
external audit has run smoothly  
and constructively.

Fees
No fees were paid to the external 
auditors for non-audit work.

Appointment
Deloitte LLP were appointed as 
Gamma’s external auditors for the  
year ended 31 December 2015. There 
are no current retendering plans.

However, the Deloitte partner 
responsible for the Gamma audit, 
Andrew Bond, will rotate off the  
audit having served for five years.  
After the 2019 year-end audit, the  
Audit Committee will take that 
opportunity once again to review  
 the audit appointment.

For the financial year ending 
31 December 2019, the Committee  
has recommended to the Board  
that Deloitte LLP be reappointed  
and the Board will be proposing  
their reappointment.

Alan Gibbins 
Audit Committee Chairman  
11 March 2019

59

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceRemuneration Committee report

This report is for the period to 31 December 2018.  
It sets out the remuneration policy and the remuneration 
details for the Executive and Non-Executive Directors  
of the Company.

The information provided in this part  
of the Annual Report on Remuneration 
is unaudited.

Dear shareholder

I am pleased to introduce the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report for the 2018 
financial year. This year has been one  
of significant change and continued 
positive progress at Gamma. The 
Chairman’s statement (on pages 2 to 3) 
provides a summary of the progress  
the Group has made over the year.  
The Remuneration Committee is 
committed to structuring senior 
executive remuneration that is 
competitive, incentivises and rewards 
good performance, and that will help 
the Company continue to grow 
profitably, thereby creating value for 
shareholders. The Remuneration 
Committee is appointed by the Board, 
and comprises the three Independent 
Non-Executive Directors.

The Committee is primarily responsible 
for determining and agreeing with the 
Board the broad policy for the 
remuneration and employment terms  
of the Executive Directors, Chairman 
and other senior executives and,  
in consultation with the CEO, for 
determining the remuneration packages 
of senior executive managers. The 
Committee is also responsible for the 
review of, and making recommendations 
to the Board in connection with, share 
incentive plans and performance related 
pay schemes and their associated 
targets, and for the oversight of 
employee benefit structures across  
the Group. The Committee’s full terms 
of reference are reviewed regularly  
and approved by the Board. No Director 
or manager is involved in any decisions 
as to their own remuneration.

New CEO and changes to the 
remuneration package for the 
Executive Directors and Chairman
In May, Bob Falconer, our long serving 
CEO, retired and stood down from the 
Board. In line with the bonus scheme 
rules, and having considered the 
performance of the Company at that 
time, the Remuneration Committee 
exercised its discretion and approved 
the payment of a time pro-rated bonus 
in respect of his period of service in 2018 
up to his retirement date. Similarly, in 
line with the LTIP (Long Term Incentive 
performance share Plan) scheme rules 
and having taken into account the 
achievement against the performance 
objectives, the Committee approved the 
time pro-rated vesting of his 2016, and 
2017, LTIP awards.

Following an extensive search by the 
Nomination Committee to ensure we 
recruited a person with the right skills, 
experience, and track record to continue 
the Company’s success, Andrew Taylor 
was appointed as CEO at the AGM on 
23 May. The appointment of a new 
externally recruited CEO necessitated  
a change to the CEO remuneration 
package. As part of the search process 
the Remuneration Committee used 
appropriate benchmark data to ensure 
that we could attract and retain the best 
candidate. In considering the CEO 
remuneration the Committee also 
recognised that the incoming CEO would 
not have the substantial shareholding  
of Bob, and also that the Company has 
grown very significantly in size since the 
time of the IPO. Andrew was appointed 
CEO in May 2018, with a salary of 
£394,125, and a maximum potential 
annual bonus of 125% of salary, with up 
to 25% of the bonus being deferred into 
a share option award governed by a 
Deferred Bonus Plan. Andrew also 
received an initial LTIP award of 190% of 
salary in order to provide a performance 
linked equity incentive and align his 
interests with that of the shareholders. 

Remuneration Committee 
role

The Committee is primarily 
responsible for determining and 
agreeing with the Board the broad 
policy for the remuneration and 
employment terms of the Executive 
Directors, Chairman and other senior 
executives and, in consultation with 
the CEO, for determining the 
remuneration packages of senior 
executive managers.

The report is split into three  
main areas:

Page

60

62

67

The statement by the Chairman  
of the Remuneration Committee

The Directors’ remuneration policy

The Annual Report on 
Remuneration

Membership

The members of the  
Remuneration Committee and 
meetings attended are:

Meetings  
attended

Name

Martin Lea, Chairman

Richard Last

Alan Gibbins

60

Corporate governance continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Employee remuneration
Employees in the Group generally 
participate in a bonus scheme that 
enables them to earn up to – and in 
exceptional circumstances over – 10% 
of basic salary based on a combination 
of personal and Company performance. 
Based on the Company’s performance 
in 2018, and the contribution and hard 
work of all the employees, the Board 
was pleased to approve a 2% general 
salary increase at the 2018 year end.

As an AIM-listed company, this report  
is included as required following the 
Company’s adoption of the QCA 
Corporate Governance Code and as  
a matter of best practice. It is our 
intention to continue to increase the 
scope and content of the report. 
Gamma’s Remuneration Committee 
report was approved on an advisory 
basis at the 2018 AGM with 99.53% of 
votes cast in favour. This Remuneration 
Committee report will again be put to  
an advisory vote at the forthcoming 
2019 AGM.

Martin Lea 
Remuneration Committee Chairman 
11 March 2019

Long term performance continues  
to be incentivised by way of a long term 
incentive plan (LTIP) based on the 
achievement of Total Shareholder 
Return (TSR) and Earnings Per Share 
(EPS) growth goals over a three-year 
measurement period. Given the 
Company’s growth profile, its stage of 
development and the challenges of 
identifying a relevant peer group, the 
Committee believes that absolute 
performance goals remain more 
relevant than comparative performance 
measures. There have been no changes 
made to the LTIP scheme structure, 
however the expected maximum value 
of annual awards for the Executive 
Directors has been increased from  
100% to 125% of base salary.

Employee share schemes
In order to continue to strengthen the 
alignment of employee and shareholder 
interests the Group operates a general 
Save As You Earn scheme (‘SAYE’),  
a Share Incentive Plan (SIP) and a 
Company Share Option Plan (CSOP).

The CSOP is designed to enable the 
Group to selectively incentivise key high 
performing employees. In 2018 awards 
of 185,424 options were made to high 
performing employees under the CSOP.

Under the SAYE scheme, employees who 
choose to participate are granted 
options, at a 20% discount to market 
price, and then save a pre-determined 
sum over a period of three years. The 
money saved can then be used by the 
employee to exercise their options. In 
2018 28% (2017: 30%) of all employees 
chose to participate, with options being 
granted over 241,298 (2017: 274,664) 
shares. The take-up was lower than 
previously as there is a statutory 
maximum limit for savings which a 
number of employees had reached in 
the previous year.

There were no shares issued under the 
SIP in 2018 (2017: nil).

In line with the general Company-wide 
salary increase, and considering the 
performance of the business, it was 
decided to increase the base pay  
of the CEO by 2% with effect from 
1 January 2019.

Based on the significant increase in the 
size and value of the business over the 
past few years, towards the end of 2018, 
the Committee also undertook a 
benchmarking exercise related to the 
CFO’s remuneration and also the 
Chairman’s fees. The Committee was 
assisted in this exercise by remuneration 
advisors h2glenfern, as well as making 
reference to published AIM Director 
remuneration data. As a result of this 
exercise, with effect from 1 January 2019 
the CFO’s salary was increased from 
£191,017 to £250,000. The CFO’s 
maximum annual bonus remained at 
100% of salary with up to 25% of the 
bonus being deferred into a share 
option award governed by a Deferred 
Bonus Plan.

The Chairman’s fees were increased 
from £78,030 to £100,000 with effect 
from 1 January 2019.

The Committee believes that these 
changes were necessary in order for  
the Company to remain competitive in 
terms of Director remuneration, and 
appropriate relative to the market,  
given the Company’s size and value  
and position around the upper quartile  
of the AIM 100.

Changes to Directors’  
remuneration policy
Short-term performance for Executive 
Directors and other senior executives 
continues to be incentivised using a 
discretionary annual bonus scheme. 
Whereas this has historically been based 
on the achievement of Company 
profitability goals, the policy has been 
amended to enable the Committee to 
set personal performance objectives in 
relation to up to 20% of the maximum 
bonus potential. Furthermore, under 
the revised policy, the maximum bonus 
payable to the CEO has been increased 
to 125% of salary. In addition, the 
Committee may determine that 
payment of a proportion of any bonus 
that it awards to an Executive Director 
may be deferred into an award 
governed by the terms of the  
Deferred Bonus Plan.

61

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration policy

This part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report sets out  
the remuneration policy of the Company with regard to  
its Directors. 

Consideration of shareholders’ views on remuneration 
The Company welcomes dialogue with its shareholders over 
matters of remuneration, and will seek the views of its 
significant shareholders if and when any major policy changes 
are being planned. The Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee is available for contact with institutional investors 
concerning the Company’s approach to remuneration. 

Policy on Executive Director remuneration 
The Company’s remuneration policy is designed to ensure 
that the Company is able to attract, retain and motivate 
executives and senior management of the right quality to 

enable the Company to fulfil its objectives and longer  
term potential. The retention of key management and  
the alignment of management incentives with the creation  
of shareholder value are a key objective of this policy. 

Setting base salary for Executive Directors at an appropriate 
level is key to management retention. Therefore, the 
Remuneration Committee seeks to ensure that salaries are 
market competitive for comparable companies. The aim is  
to set total compensation within a range around the median 
level for the Company’s peer group. 

The Remuneration Committee is directly responsible  
for setting the remuneration of Executive Directors and  
for giving guidance on and approving recommendations  
for the remuneration of other members of the senior 
management team.

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Potential remuneration 

Performance metrics

Salaries are typically reviewed 
annually, with any changes 
effective from 1 January. The 
review takes into account: 
• Company performance; 
• the role, experience and 

performance of the individual 
Director; and 

• average workforce salary 
adjustments within the 
Company. 

In addition to the above, salaries 
are independently benchmarked 
from time to time against 
comparable roles at companies of 
a similar size and complexity in the 
Telecoms and IT services sectors.

Reviewed from time to time to 
ensure that benefits when taken 
together with other elements of 
remuneration remain market 
competitive. Benefits for the 
Executive Directors currently 
comprise participation in the 
Company’s life assurance and 
income protection schemes.

Not applicable.

The CEO’s base salary was set  
at the time of his appointment  
in May 2018 and was reviewed 
on 1 January 2019 and was 
increased by 2% to £402,008. 
The CFO’s base salary, following 
a benchmarking exercise, was 
increased from £191,017 to 
£250,000 with effect from 
1 January 2019.

Not applicable.

The costs of providing these 
benefits vary year on year 
depending on the schemes’ 
premiums. The Remuneration 
Committee monitors the overall 
cost of the benefits package.

The Executive Directors (together 
with all other eligible staff) are able 
to participate in the Company’s 
defined contribution (money 
purchase) pension scheme. The 
Company contributes a maximum 
of 5.1% of salary.

A contribution of up to 5.1%  
per annum of salary is paid into 
the scheme, by the Company,  
on behalf of the CFO. 
The CEO does not participate  
in the scheme.

Not applicable.

Base salary
To be set at a level which  
is sufficiently competitive 
to recruit and retain 
individuals of the 
appropriate calibre to 
deliver the Company’s 
strategy, and which takes 
into account the Director’s 
experience and personal 
contribution to the 
Company’s strategy.

Benefits
To complement basic 
salary by providing market 
competitive benefits to 
attract and retain 
executives.

Pension
To provide retirement 
benefits which, when 
taken together with other 
elements of the 
remuneration package, 
will enable the Company 
to attract and retain 
executives.

62

Corporate governance continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Potential remuneration 

Performance metrics

Annual bonus
To incentivise the 
achievement of the 
Company’s annual 
financial targets,  
or other near term 
strategic objectives.

For the CEO the maximum 
annual bonus potential is  
125% of base salary.
For the CFO the maximum 
annual bonus potential is  
100% of base salary.

The Executive Directors and  
other senior executives participate 
in a discretionary, annual, 
performance related bonus 
scheme. Targets are set at the 
beginning of each year and are 
generally based on Company 
financial performance, however 
the Remuneration Committee can 
set personal objectives in relation 
to up to 20% of the maximum 
bonus potential.
The Remuneration Committee at  
its discretion may determine that  
a proportion of any bonus that it 
awards may be deferred into an 
allocation of shares or grant of 
options each with a three year 
vesting period and governed  
by the terms of the Deferred 
Bonus Plan. 
Other than to the extent deferred, 
under the terms of the Deferred 
Bonus Plan, bonuses are paid in 
cash based on audited financial 
results. The bonus scheme rules 
include a claw-back provision.

Long term incentive plan (‘LTIP’)
To motivate executives 
and incentivise the 
achievement of longer 
term financial 
performance. To align  
the interests of executives 
and shareholders.

The Executive Directors and  
other senior executives participate 
in a discretionary LTIP. 
The plan entitles participants to  
an allocation of, or options over, 
free (or nominal value) shares after 
a performance period of three 
years, subject to certain 
performance and service 
conditions being met. 
Participation is at the discretion  
of the Remuneration Committee. 
Awards will typically be made 
annually based on a multiple  
of annual salary. Performance 
conditions are set by the 
Remuneration Committee at the 
time of the award. The plan rules 
amongst other things include 
claw-back provisions and a 
limitation to ensure that new 
shares issued, when aggregated 
with all other employee share 
awards, must not exceed 10%  
of issued share capital over any 
ten-year period.

The Remuneration Committee 
would in normal circumstances 
expect to make annual LTIP 
awards to the Executive 
Directors at a value of up to 
125% of base salary. The scheme 
rules however do allow the 
Remuneration Committee 
discretion to make higher  
value awards.
Following the announcement  
of the Group’s results for 2017, 
an award was granted to the 
CFO under this scheme at a 
value of 125% of base salary. 
Upon his appointment as CEO 
Andrew Taylor was granted an 
initial joining award under this 
scheme at a value of 190% of 
base salary. These awards will 
vest in April 2021, subject to 
service and performance 
conditions.
It is anticipated that further 
awards will be made in April 
2019 following announcement  
of the Group’s annual results.

For the year ending December 
2018, the targets were based  
on growth in Adjusted Profit 
Before Tax (PBT). To achieve 
maximum bonus the 
performance target was set  
at 16.6% annual growth in 
Adjusted Profit Before Tax 
(PBT). At or below 3.0%  
growth in PBT no bonus  
would be payable, with a linear 
relationship between 3.0%  
and 16.6% growth.
For the year ending December 
2018, 25% of the CEO’s bonus 
was deferred into an award 
governed by the terms of the 
Deferred Bonus Plan.
For 2019 the performance 
targets are based on growth  
in Adjusted Profit Before Tax 
(PBT), in relation to 80% of the 
maximum potential bonus and 
on personal objectives in 
relation to 20%.

Vesting of the 2018 LTIP  
awards is conditional  
upon the following 
performance conditions: 
• 15% of the shares if annual 

compound total shareholder 
return (TSR) over the 
performance period equals 
8%, and 50% of the shares if 
annual compound TSR over 
the performance period 
equals 15% or higher, with 
straight line vesting in 
between. 

• 15% of the shares if annual 

compound growth of adjusted 
EPS (adjusted for exceptional 
costs and share based 
payment costs) over the 
performance period equals 
8%, and 50% of the shares if 
annual compound growth of 
adjusted EPS over the 
performance period equals 
20% or higher, with straight 
line vesting in between. 
In both cases (TSR and EPS)  
the Committee determined  
that at this stage of Gamma’s 
development and its market 
position, absolute performance 
measures are more appropriate 
than relative measures.

63

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceIllustrations of application of the policy
The graph below seeks to demonstrate how pay varies  
with performance for the Executive Directors based on  
the Directors’ remuneration policy described previously.  
This is based on pay for the year ending 31 December 2019. 

Element

Fixed

Annual variable 
bonus

LTIP

Description

Fixed remuneration is made up of total 
salary, pension and benefits.

The annual variable bonus is an incentive 
scheme where remuneration in the form  
of money and deferred shares is received  
or receivable as a result of the performance 
conditions that relate to that period. 

The long term incentive plan is an incentive 
scheme where remuneration in the form of 
shares is received or receivable as a result  
of the performance conditions that relate  
to that period.

Assumptions used in determining the level of pay out under 
given scenarios are as follows:

Element

Minimum

Maximum

Description

Under the minimum remuneration it is 
assumed that only fixed pay i.e. salary, 
pension and benefits are received. It is 
assumed that performance conditions for 
the annual variable bonus and the LTIP are 
not achieved.

Under the maximum salary remuneration,  
it is assumed that the Directors receive not 
only their fixed remuneration but achieve 
their performance targets for the annual 
bonus and LTIP.

The Company does not present an ‘on target’ figure because 
the incentive scheme is structured with stretching targets 
which if achieved result in the executives receiving their 
maximum remuneration as depicted in the graphs below.

The expected future LTIP remuneration is calculated as the 
value at the time of the award, i.e. 125% of salary.

Chief Executive Officer

Minimum

Maximum

0

Chief Financial Officer

Minimum

Maximum

0

750,000

1,500,000

750,000

1,500,000

 Fixed

  Annual variable bonus

 LTIP

The graph above shows an LTIP award of 125% of base salary 
for Andrew Taylor. In 2018 he received an LTIP award of 190% 
as a one-off joining award. Future awards are anticipated to be 
at 125%. 

64

Alignment of Executive remuneration and the market 
At the time of appointing our new CEO in 2018, the 
Remuneration Committee undertook a detailed benchmarking 
exercise among peer group organisations in order to determine 
a competitive and appropriate remuneration package.  
Towards the end of 2018 the Committee undertook a further 
benchmarking exercise to consider the remuneration of the 
CFO. The previous benchmarking exercise with respect to 
Executive Directors was undertaken in September 2016. In 
undertaking such benchmarking exercises the Company takes 
into account Gamma’s size, market position, profile and 
outlook, and reviews the remuneration data for a number  
of comparable UK quoted companies.

In addition to such formal benchmarking exercises, the 
Committee takes advantage of various annual AIM Directors’ 
Remuneration reports as well as available data about similar 
and competing companies. The Company aims to position 
Gamma Directors’ salary and annual bonus at the median 
level, based on appropriate comparator organisations, but to 
also ensure there is significant incentive and reward for better 
than average longer term results through the performance 
based long term incentive plan. 

Consideration of employment conditions  
elsewhere in the Group 
The Committee considers the pay and conditions of employees 
throughout the Company when determining the remuneration 
arrangements for Executive Directors although no direct 
comparison metrics are applied. In particular, the Committee 
considers the relationship between general changes to UK 
employees’ remuneration and Executive Director reward. 
Whilst the Committee does not directly consult with our 
employees as part of the process of determining executive pay, 
the Board does receive feedback from employee surveys that 
takes into account remuneration in general. The Committee 
also receives updates from the HR Director.

Policy on recruitment 
When hiring a new Executive Director, the Committee will 
consider the overall remuneration package by reference to the 
remuneration policy set out in this report. The Committee 
would not usually expect to pay sign-on payments or 
compensate new Directors for any variable remuneration 
forfeited from any employment prior to joining the Board 
other than in exceptional circumstances, and in such 
circumstances would aim to compensate the new Executive 
through the Company’s long term incentive plan. Long term 
incentive plan (LTIP) awards will be made on an ongoing basis 
in line with our policy for other Directors. In the year of 
recruitment, a higher award may be made within the limits of 
the plan (maximum of 200% of salary other than in exceptional 
circumstances). Salary and annual bonus levels will be set so as 
to be competitive at the median level with comparable roles in 
companies in similar sectors, and also taking into account the 
experience, seniority and the scope of responsibility of the 
appointee coming into the role. New Executive Directors will be 
able to participate in the annual bonus scheme on a pro-rated 
basis for the portion of the financial year for which they are in 
post. New Executive Directors will receive benefits and pension 
contributions in line with the Company’s existing policy. How 
this policy was applied in the case of appointing Andrew Taylor 
as CEO is explained in the Remuneration Committee 
Chairman’s statement and the policy table (above).

Corporate governance continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Policy on loss of office 
The following sets out the Company’s policy with regard to 
exit payments in relation to each remuneration element for 
Executive Directors. These apply other than in circumstances 
where the Executive is dismissed for breach of contract, 
including serious dishonesty, gross misconduct or 
incompetence, or wilful neglect of duty, in which cases no 
amount will be payable. 

Policy on Non-Executive Director remuneration 
The Chairman and the other Non-Executive Directors’ 
remuneration comprise only fees. The Chairman’s fee is 
approved by the Board on the recommendation of the 
Remuneration Committee. The other Non-Executives’ fees  
are approved by the Board on the recommendation of the 
Chairman and CEO. The Non-Executive Directors are not 
involved in any decisions about their own remuneration. 

Additional fees over and above the base fee are payable to the 
chairmen of the Audit, Remuneration and Risk Committees. 
They are reviewed annually with changes effective from 
1 January each year. The Chairman and the other Independent 
Non-Executive Directors are entitled to be reimbursed for 
reasonable expenses. 

Details of the fees paid for 2018 are set out in the Annual 
Report on Remuneration. 

Towards the end of 2018 the Remuneration Committee 
undertook a benchmarking exercise assisted by remuneration 
advisers h2glenfern in considering the remuneration of the 
Chairman, and also in understanding the current market with 
respect to non-executive director remuneration. This 
considered a relevant sample of AIM 100 companies and the 
Committee also made reference to other published AIM 50 
listed companies’ non-executive director remuneration  
data. Following this review, the Committee recommended  
to the Board, and the Board approved the increase of the 
Chairman’s fees from £78,030 to £100,000 with effect from 
1 January 2019.

The other Non-Executive Directors’ base fees were increased 
by 2% with effect from 1 January 2019. 

The current fees are as follows:

Director

Richard Last

Alan Gibbins

Martin Lea

Wu Long Peng

Andrew Stone

Directors’ fee

£100,000

£37,142

£37,142

£37,142

£37,142

Committee 
Chair fee

2019

–

£100,000

£6,000

£12,000

–

–

£43,142

£49,142

£37,142

£37,142

Basic salary: This will be paid over the contractual notice 
period (CEO: 12 months, CFO: six months) however the 
Company has the discretion to make a lump sum payment  
for termination in lieu of notice. 

Benefits and pension contributions: These will normally 
continue to be provided over the notice period, however the 
Company has the discretion to make a lump sum payment on 
termination equal to the value of the benefits payable during 
the notice period. 

Annual bonus: The payment of any annual bonus would be 
entirely at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee and 
if made would be pro-rated to the time of active service in the 
year that employment ceased. The decision of the Committee, 
in such circumstances, would take into consideration the 
financial performance of the Company, the performance  
of the individual, and the circumstances of the termination  
of employment. 

Long term incentive plan (LTIP): This is governed by the rules 
of the LTIP scheme. If the Executive Director’s employment 
ceases for reasons of death, ill health, injury, disability or 
redundancy during the performance period of the LTIP award, 
then normally in these circumstances, the participant’s award 
will vest on a time pro rata basis subject to the Remuneration 
Committee assessment of the satisfaction of the performance 
conditions applying to the award for the period prior to 
cessation of employment. The Committee retains discretion  
to decide to waive in full or in part the performance conditions 
if it feels that is appropriate in particular circumstances. In all 
other circumstances if an Executive Director’s employment 
ceases then the award will lapse on the date of cessation, 
unless the Remuneration Committee determines in its 
discretion prior to the date of cessation that the award should 
vest on a pro rata basis. 

Bob Falconer retired from his position as CEO on 23 May 2018. 
How this policy was applied to his retirement is explained  
in the Remuneration Committee Chairman’s statement 
previously. Bob received no compensation for loss of office  
or payment in lieu of notice, but did receive a 2018 bonus 
payment on a time pro-rated basis with respect to his service 
up to the date of retirement. He also benefited from the time 
pro-rated vesting of his 2016 and 2017 LTIP awards, after 
taking into consideration the performance of the Company.

65

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceDirectors’ Service Agreements 

Executive Directors’ Service Agreements 
The key elements of the Executive Directors’ Service Agreements are summarised in the table below:

Key element

CEO Andrew Taylor

Effective date of 
Service Agreement

CEO Designate – 4 April 2018
CEO – 23 May 2018

CFO Andrew Belshaw

10 October 2014

Notice period

Basic salary

Annual bonus

Pension

Benefits

12 months’ notice given by either party

6 months’ notice given by either party

£402,008 per annum

£250,000 per annum

Discretionary performance related

Discretionary performance related

Nil

Company contributes up to 5.1% of basic salary into 
defined contribution money purchase scheme

Participation in Company life assurance and income 
protection schemes

Participation in Company life assurance and income 
protection schemes

Share schemes

Eligible to participate in Company share schemes

Eligible to participate in Company share schemes

Termination  
payments

The Company has the discretion to make a payment  
of basic salary in lieu of notice to terminate the 
employment forthwith in the event of notice  
being given

The Company has the discretion to make a payment  
of basic salary in lieu of notice to terminate the 
employment forthwith in the event of notice  
being given

Non-Executive Director Letters of Appointment 
The Non-Executive Directors have Letters of Appointment stating that their appointment is for an initial term of three years 
from the date of the appointment letter. The Letters of Appointment provide for termination of the appointment with three 
months’ notice by either party. Reappointment of Non-Executive Directors is voted for at each AGM, with the most recent 
reappointment date being 23 May 2018.

The current Non-Executive Directors’ initial appointments commenced on the following dates:

Date of 
appointment

17 June 2014

17 June 2014

17 June 2014

6 June 2014

6 June 2014

Director

Richard Last

Alan Gibbins

Martin Lea

Wu Long Peng

Andrew Stone

66

Corporate governance continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Annual Report on Remuneration

Introduction 
This Annual Report on Remuneration sets out information about the remuneration of the Directors of the Company,  
for the period ended 31 December 2018. 

Remuneration Committee 
Membership 
The Remuneration Committee consisted of the following Directors during the year to 31 December 2018: 

•  Martin Lea (Chairman), Independent Non-Executive Director. 

•  Alan Gibbins, Independent Non-Executive Director. 

•  Richard Last, Independent Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Board.

Role of the Remuneration Committee 
The role of the Remuneration Committee is to determine and recommend to the Board the remuneration policy for the 
Executive Directors. This includes base salary, annual and long term incentive awards and pension arrangements. In 
determining the remuneration policy, the Remuneration Committee takes into account many factors including the need for a 
significant proportion of the Executive Directors’ remuneration to be structured so as to link rewards to business performance. 

Activities of the Remuneration Committee in 2018
The Committee met six times in 2018 in order to conduct the following main items of business: agree the annual Remuneration 
Committee report; set senior executive bonus targets for 2018; receive results of Company-wide benefits and gender pay  
gap reviews; review and approve proposals for the 2019 all employee SAYE share scheme; approve senior executive bonus 
payments relating to 2017; approve the 2018 LTIP and CSOP awards and set LTIP targets; review the projected dilution  
impact and cost of various share schemes; consider retiring CEO remuneration arrangements; conduct the annual review  
of Remuneration Committee terms of reference; consider the Company annual salary review and any changes to overall Company 
remuneration structure and review the Chairman’s, Executive Directors’ and other senior executive salaries and bonus structures.

Advisers 
The Company typically engages external advisers to undertake a benchmarking exercise relating to Directors’ remuneration 
from time to time. In 2018 benchmarking services have been provided by H2glenfern in respect of benchmarking remuneration 
for the CFO, Chairman and Non-Executive Directors. The cost of this work was £7,500 net of VAT.

Remuneration of the Executive Directors 
Bonuses are shown on an accrued basis. 

The share option remuneration has been calculated at the share price on the vesting date.

Director

Andrew Taylor

Bob Falconer

Andrew Belshaw

Salary and fees

Benefits

Annual bonus

Share options

Pension

£291,551

£133,998

£191,017

–

–

–

£364,439

£122,234

£191,017

–

£1,210,456

£340,726

–

–

£9,742

Total for  
2018

£655,990

£1,466,688

£732,502

Following his retirement Bob Falconer will continue to act as a consultant for the Company on a periodic basis. From the date  
of resignation to 31 December 2018 he was paid no consultancy income from the Company.

The bonus payment was the maximum based on exceeding a target of 16.6% annual growth in adjusted PBT. 25% of 
Andrew Taylor’s bonus was deferred into an award governed by the terms of the Company’s Deferred Bonus Plan. No amount  
of the other Director’s bonus was deferred. 

The share options vesting during the year relate to the 2015 LTIP which achieved a vesting percentage of 93.875%, based on 
achieving 40.10% annual compound growth for TSR and 17.9% annual compound growth for EPS against targets of 15% and 20% 
respectively, over the three year vesting period.

The Directors have no rights under any Company pension schemes that are designated as defined benefit schemes. 

In addition to the above, the Company provides life assurance and group income protection for the Executive Directors.

Director

Bob Falconer

Andrew Belshaw

Richard Bligh

Salary and fees

Benefits

Annual bonus

Share options

Pension

Total for  
2017

£305,885

£187,277

£135,416

–

–

–

£305,878

£187,277

–

£1,631,665

£1,138,038

£1,337,720

–

£2,243,428

£9,620

£6,069

£1,522,212

£1,479,205

Richard Bligh received £6,069 salary in 2017 in lieu of a contribution by the Company to his pension of £6,906. Richard Bligh 
ceased to be a Director on 30 June 2017 but was employed between 1 July and 30 September 2017 during which time he  
earned £43,750; he also occasionally acts as a consultant to the Company and earned £6,000 in fees from 1 October to 
31 December 2017.

67

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceRemuneration of the Non-Executive Directors

Director

Richard Last

Alan Gibbins

Martin Lea

Wu Long Peng

Andrew Stone

Director

Richard Last

Alan Gibbins

Martin Lea

Wu Long Peng

Andrew Stone

 Directors’ 
 fee

£78,030

£36,414

£36,414

£36,414

£36,414

Directors’ 
 fee

£76,500

£35,700

£35,700

£35,700

£35,700

Committee  
Chair fee

–

£6,000

£12,000

–

–

Committee  
Chair fee

–

£6,000

£6,000

–

–

Total for  
2018

£78,030

£42,414

£48,414

£36,414

£36,414

Total for  
2017

£76,500

£41,700

£41,700

£35,700

£35,700

Share scheme interests awarded during the year ended 31 December 2018 
Long term incentive plan (LTIP) 
The following awards were made under the 2018 LTIP. The performance conditions are set out below the table.

2018  
Director

Andrew Taylor

Andrew Belshaw

Type of  
scheme interest

Basis of  
award

Number of  
awards

Vesting  
date

Nil-cost option

£750,000

108,381

31 Mar 2021

Nil-cost option

125% of salary

34,504

31 Mar 2021

Exercise  
price

£0.0025

£0.0025

Exercise  
date

–

–

Upon his appointment as CEO Andrew Taylor received an initial award of share options which are subject to performance 
conditions at a value of £750,000. 

2017  
Director

Bob Falconer

Andrew Belshaw

Richard Bligh

Type of  
scheme interest

Basis of  
award

Number of  
awards

Vesting  
date

Nil-cost option

100% of salary

Nil-cost option

100% of salary

Nil-cost option

100% of salary

62,296

38,140

37,238

31 Mar 2020

31 Mar 2020

31 Mar 2020

Exercise  
price

£0.0025

£0.0025

£0.0025

Exercise  
date

–

–

–

At the time of making an award the Remuneration Committee sets challenging long term performance targets in order to align 
the interests of the Directors with shareholders and which, together with continuous employment conditions, must be satisfied 
before an award vests. Upon his resignation from the Company, all of Richard Bligh’s share options have lapsed.

The 2017 and 2018 LTIP awards have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date.  
The awards will vest as follows: 

•  15% of the shares if annual compound total shareholder return (‘TSR’) over the performance period equals 8%, and 50%  

of the shares if annual compound TSR over the performance period equals 15% or higher with pro rata straight line vesting  
in between; and 

•  15% of the shares if the annual compound growth of the Company’s adjusted earnings per share between the financial years  
at the beginning and the end of the performance period is equal to 8%, and 50% of the shares if the annual compound growth 
of the Company’s adjusted earnings per share over the same period is equal to or in excess of 20% with pro rata straight line 
vesting in between.

68

Corporate governance continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Save As You Earn (SAYE) share scheme
There were no awards made to Directors under the SAYE during the years ended 31 December 2018 or 2017.

Statement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests 
Directors’ share interests at 31 December 2018 are set out below:

2018

Executive Director

Andrew Taylor

Andrew Belshaw

Non-Executive Director

Richard Last

Alan Gibbins

Martin Lea

Wu Long Peng

Andrew stone

2017

Executive Director

Bob Falconer

Andrew Belshaw

Non-Executive Director

Richard Last

Alan Gibbins

Martin Lea

Wu Long Peng

Andrew stone

Number  
of beneficially 
owned shares

With 
performance 
measures

Without 
performance 
measures

Vested but 
unexercised

Options

–

228,853

53,475

13,368

13,368

–

200,000

108,381

116,646

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Options

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Number  
of beneficially 
owned shares

With 
performance 
measures

Without 
performance 
measures

Vested but 
unexercised

3,490,609

278,188

243,054

133,993

53,475

13,368

13,368

–

473,500

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Exercised  
during  
the year

–

48,675

–

–

–

–

–

Exercised  
during  
the year

288,280

206,618

–

–

–

–

–

Performance graph and table
The Remuneration Committee has chosen to compare the TSR of the Company’s Ordinary Shares against the AIM 100 Index 
because this index consists of the most comparable companies to the Group. The values indicated in the graph show the share 
price growth plus re-invested dividends from a £100 hypothetical holding of ordinary shares in Gamma Communications Plc 
from the date of IPO.

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

£

4
1
0
2
/
0
1
/
3
1

4
1
0
2
/
2
1
/
3
1

5
1
0
2
/
2
0
/
3
1

5
1
0
2
/
4
0
/
3
1

5
1
0
2
/
6
0
/
3
1

5
1
0
2
/
8
0
/
3
1

5
1
0
2
/
0
1
/
3
1

5
1
0
2
/
2
1
/
3
1

6
1
0
2
/
2
0
/
3
1

6
1
0
2
/
4
0
/
3
1

6
1
0
2
/
6
0
/
3
1

6
1
0
2
/
8
0
/
3
1

6
1
0
2
/
0
1
/
3
1

6
1
0
2
/
2
1
/
3
1

7
1
0
2
/
2
0
/
3
1

7
1
0
2
/
4
0
/
3
1

7
1
0
2
/
6
0
/
3
1

7
1
0
2
/
8
0
/
3
1

7
1
0
2
/
0
1
/
3
1

7
1
0
2
/
2
1
/
3
1

8
1
0
2
/
2
0
/
3
1

8
1
0
2
/
4
0
/
3
1

8
1
0
2
/
6
0
/
3
1

8
1
0
2
/
8
0
/
3
1

8
1
0
2
/
0
1
/
3
1

8
1
0
2
/
2
1
/
3
1

Gamma Communications PLC – TSR

AIM 100 – TSR

69

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceChief Executive’s historical remuneration
The table below sets out the total remuneration delivered to the Chief Executive over the last year valued using the 
methodology applied to the single total figure remuneration.

Chief Executive

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

Total Single Figure

Bob Falconer

£1,466,688

£2,243,428

£599,760

£2,230,287

£544,793

Andrew Taylor

£655,990

Annual bonus payment level achieved 
(% of maximum opportunity)

Bob Falconer

Andrew Taylor

LTIP Vesting level achieved  
(% of maximum opportunity)

100%

100%

92.827%1

–

100%

–

100%

–

100%

–

–

100%

–

–

100%

–

n/a1

n/a2

n/a2

1   92.827% represents the blended rate for the vesting of Bob Falconer’s 2015, 2016 and 2017 LTIP scheme. These schemes achieved performance vesting percentages 

of 93.875%, 91.847% and 90.046% respectively.

2  Share option schemes prior to the 2015 LTD scheme (which rested in 2017) did not have performance obligations attached to them.

Percentage change in remuneration of the Director undertaking the role of CEO
Bob Falconer retired as CEO on 23 May 2018 and was replaced by new CEO Andrew Taylor. The attraction and successful 
appointment of a new CEO necessitated the benchmarking of the CEO remuneration package to bring it in line with current 
market norms. That is why there was a significant increase in the remuneration of the Director undertaking the role of CEO in 
2018 reflecting the impact of Andrew’s appointment from May 2018.

Salary, other pay and benefits

Annual bonus

% increase in CEO 
remuneration in 2018 
compared with 2017

% increase in employee 
remuneration in 2018 
compared with 2017

39.1%

59.1%

3.1%

5.9%

Relative importance of spend on pay
The following table shows the Company’s actual spend on pay for all Group employees relative to dividends and underlying 
pre-tax profit.

Overall spend on pay, including Executive Directors

Capital expenditure1

Dividends

2018
£m

55.8

12.7

8.1

2017 
£m

48.1

15.8

7.3

Change 
% 

+16%

–20%

+11%

1   Capital expenditure has been included in the above table as it represents a key expenditure, being the Group’s investment in infrastructure to drive future growth.

Statement of voting
During the 2018 AGM, a motion was set for the shareholders to approve on an advisory only basis the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report. 99.53% of votes were cast in favour of the motion. 

This Remuneration Committee report will be put to an advisory vote at the forthcoming 2019 AGM. This report was approved by 
the Board of Directors on 11 March 2019 and signed on its behalf by:

Martin Lea 
Remuneration Committee Chairman  
11 March 2019

70

Corporate governance continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Directors’ report

The Directors present their annual report on the affairs  
of the Group, together with the financial statements and 
auditor’s report, for the year ended 31 December 2018.

The Corporate Governance Statement 
set out on pages 50 to 51 forms  
part of this report.

Details of any significant events since 
the balance sheet date are contained  
in note 31 to the financial statements. 
An indication of likely future 
developments in the business of the 
Company and details of research  
and development activities are  
included in the strategic report.

Information about the use of financial 
instruments by the Company and its 
subsidiaries is given in note 21 to the 
financial statements.

Dividends
The Directors recommend a final 
dividend of 6.2p per ordinary share to 
be paid on Thursday 20 June 2019 to 
ordinary shareholders on the register on 
Friday 31 May 2019 which, together with 
the interim dividend of 3.1p, makes a 
total of 9.3p for the year (2017: 8.4p).

Capital structure
Details of the authorised and issued 
share capital of the Company and 
options over shares of the Company are 
set out in notes 24 and 27 to the Group 
financial statements. Over the period, 
the Company had four share incentive 
schemes by which Directors and 
employees may: 

(i)  

 be granted options under a long 
term incentive plan to subscribe  
for nil cost shares in the Company;
 be granted options under the 
Company Share Option Plan;
(iii)   be issued shares under a Share 

(ii) 

Incentive Plan; and

(iv)   be granted options under a  
Save As You Earn plan.

The maximum aggregate number of 
shares which may be issued in respect 
of these schemes is limited to 10% of the 
issued share capital.

Composition of the Group
Details concerning subsidiary 
undertakings are given in note 15  
to the Group financial statements.

Directors
The names and biographies of the 
Directors during the year are disclosed 
on pages 52 to 53.

Directors’ interest in share capital
The Directors’ interest in share capital is 
shown within the Remuneration Report.

Directors’ indemnities
The Company has made qualifying third 
party indemnity provisions for the 
benefit of its Directors which were made 
during the year and remain in force at 
the date of this report.

Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together 
with the factors likely to affect the future 
development, performance and 
position, are set out in the strategic 
report. The financial position of the 
Group, its cash flows, liquidity position 
and borrowing facilities are described in 
the Financial review section in the 
strategic report and in note 21. Further 
information on the Group’s exposure to 
financial risks and the management 
thereof is provided in note 21.

The Board’s review of the accounts, 
budgets and financial plan leads the 
Directors to believe that the Group has 
sufficient resources to continue in 
operation for the foreseeable future. 
The financial accounts are therefore 
prepared on a going concern basis.

Treasury policy
The objective of the Group’s treasury 
policy is to manage the Group’s financial 
risk and to minimise the adverse effects 
of fluctuations in the financial markets 
on the value of the Group’s financial 
assets and liabilities, on reported 
profitability and on the cash flows of the 
Group. Note 21 sets out the particular 
risks to which the Group is exposed, and 
how these are managed.

Interests in contracts
There have been no contracts or 
arrangements during the financial year 
in which a Director of the Company was 
materially interested and which were 
significant in relation to the Group’s 
business.

Health, safety, the environment  
and the community
The Group has a formal Health, Safety 
and Environmental Policy which requires 
all operations within the Group to 
pursue economic development whilst 
protecting the environment. The 
Directors aim not to damage the 
environment of the areas in which the 
Group operates, to meet all relevant 
regulatory and legislative requirements 
and to apply responsible standards of its 
own where relevant laws and 
regulations do not exist.

It is the policy of the Group to consider 
the health and welfare of employees by 
maintaining a safe place and system of 
work as required by legislation in each of 
the countries where the Group operates.

Political contributions
No political contributions were made in 
the year.

71

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceDisclosure of information to auditors
Each of the persons who is a Director  
at the date of approval of this Annual 
Report confirms that:

•  so far as the Director is aware, there is 
no relevant audit information of which 
the Company’s auditor is unaware; and

•  the Director has taken all the steps 

that he/she ought to have taken as a 
Director in order to make himself/
herself aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the 
Company’s auditor is aware of that 
information.

This confirmation is given and should  
be interpreted in accordance with the 
provisions of s418 of the Companies  
Act 2006.

Deloitte LLP have expressed their 
willingness to continue in office as 
auditors and a resolution to reappoint 
them will be proposed at the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

By order of the Board,

Andrew Belshaw 
Chief Financial Officer 
11 March 2019

Disabled employees
Applications for employment by 
disabled persons are always fully 
considered, bearing in mind the 
aptitudes of the applicant concerned.  
In the event of members of staff 
becoming disabled every effort is made 
to ensure that their employment with 
the Group continues and that 
appropriate training is arranged. It is  
the policy of the Group that the training, 
career development and promotion  
of disabled persons should, as far  
as possible, be identical to that of  
other employees.

Employee consultation
The Group recognises the essential 
importance of employees to the success 
of the business and ensures that they 
are fully informed of events that directly 
affect them and their working 
conditions. Information on matters of 
concern to employees is given in 
briefings that seek to provide a common 
awareness on the part of all employees 
of the financial and economic factors 
affecting the Group’s performance.

During 2018 the Group undertook the 
Best Companies Limited employee 
engagement survey and achieved a 
1-star accreditation. The results from 
this survey attracted a listing in  
The Sunday Times Top 100 Best 
Companies To Work For.

Auditors and their independence
A resolution to appoint auditors for  
the year to 31 December 2019 will be 
proposed at the AGM. The Company  
has a policy for approval by the Audit 
Committee of non-audit services by  
the auditor, to preserve independence.

72

Corporate governance continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to 
prepare financial statements for each 
financial year. Under that law the 
Directors are required to prepare  
the Group financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as adopted 
by the European Union and Article 4 of 
the IAS Regulation and have elected to 
prepare the parent company financial 
statements in accordance with FRS 101 
‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’. Under 
company law the Directors must not 
approve the accounts unless they are 
satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the 
Company and of the profit or loss  
of the Company for that period.

In preparing the parent company 
financial statements, the Directors  
are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and 

then apply them consistently;

•  make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable  
and prudent;

•  state whether applicable UK 

Accounting Standards have been 
followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained  
in the financial statements; and

•  prepare the financial statements  

on the going concern basis unless it  
is inappropriate to presume that the 
Company will continue in business.

In preparing the Group financial 
statements, International Accounting 
Standard 1 requires that Directors:

Responsibility statement
We confirm that to the best  
of our knowledge:

•  the financial statements, prepared in 
accordance with the relevant financial 
reporting framework, give a true and 
fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit or loss  
of the Company and the undertakings 
included in the consolidation taken  
as a whole;

•  the strategic report includes a fair 
review of the development and 
performance of the business and  
the position of the Company and  
the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole, 
together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties  
that they face; and

•  the Annual Report and financial 

statements, taken as a whole, are fair, 
balanced and understandable and 
provide the information necessary  
for shareholders to assess the 
Company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

This responsibility statement was 
approved by the Board of Directors  
and is signed on its behalf by:

Andrew Belshaw 
Chief Financial Officer 
11 March 2019

•  properly select and apply  

accounting policies;

•  present information, including 

accounting policies, in a manner that 
provides relevant, reliable, comparable 
and understandable information;

•  provide additional disclosures when 

compliance with the specific 
requirements in IFRSs are insufficient 
to enable users to understand the 
impact of particular transactions, 
other events and conditions on the 
entity’s financial position and financial 
performance; and

•  make an assessment of the Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern.

The Directors are responsible for 
keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Company’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the Company 
and enable them to ensure that the 
financial statements comply with the 
Companies Act 2006. They are also 
responsible for safeguarding the assets 
of the Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention  
and detection of fraud and  
other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information 
included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements 
may differ from legislation in  
other jurisdictions.

73

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceFinancial statements

Independent auditor’s report to the members  
of Gamma Communications plc

Summary of our audit approach

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion:

•  the financial statements of Gamma Communications plc  
(the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’)  
give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and  
of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2018  
and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

Key audit  
matters

Materiality

•  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared 

Scoping

Significant 
changes in 
our approach

The key audit matters that we identified in the 
current year were:
•  revenue: accuracy of volume and pricing; and
•  acquisition accounting: purchase price 

allocation.

The materiality that we used for the Group 
financial statements was £1.7m which was 
determined on the basis of 5% of profit  
before tax.
We audited the entire Group to full scope with 
the exception of one location and the newly 
acquired subsidiary DX Groep B.V in the year, 
which are subject to desktop analytical review 
procedures. Our approach results in 
approximately 98% coverage of profit before 
tax, revenue and net assets.
Following the acquisition of DX Groep B.V in the 
year, we have identified a new key audit matter 
in relation to the associated purchase price 
allocation in acquisition accounting, specifically 
the judgement relating to retail customer 
contracts and the most sensitive assumptions 
in the valuation, being the attrition rate and 
discount rate.
In the prior year, we identified two key audit 
matters relating to revenue. There were no new 
material contracts in the year of a complex 
nature or material manual adjustments.  
We have reassessed our revenue risk and 
identified a key audit matter relating to the 
indirect usage revenue stream, specifically  
to the accuracy of the volume of traffic and 
pricing data which are used to determine  
the value of revenue recognised.

Conclusions relating to going concern
We are required by ISAs (UK) to report in respect of the 
following matters where:

•  the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in 
preparation of the financial statements is not appropriate; or 

•  the directors have not disclosed in the financial statements 

any identified material uncertainties that may cast significant 
doubt about the Group’s or the parent company’s ability to 
continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting  
for a period of at least 12 months from the date when the 
financial statements are authorised for issue.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional 
judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the 
most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These 
matters included those which had the greatest effect on:  
the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the 
audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit  
of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion  
on these matters.

in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;

•  the parent company financial statements have been 

properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including  
Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure 
Framework’; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance 

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

•  the consolidated statement of comprehensive income;

•  the consolidated and parent company balance sheets;

•  the consolidated and parent company statements of 

changes in equity;

•  the consolidated cash flow statement;

•  the Group’s related notes 1 to 32; 

•  the Company only balance sheet; and

•  the parent Company’s related notes 1 to 10.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied  
in the preparation of the Group financial statements is 
applicable law and IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. 
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in 
the preparation of the parent company financial statements  
is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
including FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’  
(United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law.  
Our responsibilities under those standards are further 
described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the Group and the parent company in 
accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to 
our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the 
Financial Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical Standard as 
applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other 
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

74

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Revenue: accuracy of volume and pricing
Key audit matter  
description

Acquisition accounting: purchase price allocation 
Key audit  
matter  
description

Usage revenue is calculated based on the volume of traffic and associated pricing. The accurate measurement of 
the volume of traffic as well as the accuracy of the pricing, which is applied against these volumes to determine the 
value of revenues has been identified as the key audit matter.
In 2018 the Groups revenues were £284.9m (2017: £242.0m) of which usage revenue represents £65.3m  
(2017: £65.4m). The Group’s revenue recognition principles are disclosed in note 1.
We have assessed the adequacy of the design and implementation of controls as well as tested the operating 
effectiveness of these controls, specifically the rate change reviews, the revenue reconciliations performed 
(including the reviews there-of), and the analysis of monthly revenue trends. 
Specialist IT auditors have supported our assessment of the relevant automated controls, the most critical of which 
being the matching of the rates input and call data records (CDR) automatically within the system to calculate the 
billing per transaction. 
We have tested the volumes and prices involved in usage revenues by tracing a sample of invoice information to 
CDR. In addition, we performed a recalculation of the revenue to be recognised in relation to the call by multiplying 
the appropriate rate against the minutes. We compared this expectation to actual revenues, ensuring the difference 
fell within a reasonable threshold.
We also performed credit note testing on a sample of credit notes.
Based on our procedures, we conclude that no material misstatements were identified in respect of the accuracy  
of the volume of traffic and pricing data used in the indirect usage revenue stream.

During the year, the Group acquired DX Groep B.V. This has resulted in the Group recognising intangible assets, 
along with goodwill of £16.6m and £7.2m, respectively as disclosed in note 16. 
There is a significant level of judgement required in fair valuing the assets, in particular the customer relationships 
which represents 65% of the total intangibles recognised. Therefore, this key audit matter relates specifically to the 
Retail Customer contracts of £10.3m, and the most sensitive assumptions in the valuation being the attrition rate 
and discount rate. This is consistent with Notes 1 and 2.
We have assessed the adequacy of the design and implementation of controls over the review of acquisition 
accounting. We have performed substantive audit procedures on the acquisition accounting, supported by our 
valuation specialists. Our substantive tests involved:
•  evaluating the appropriateness of the valuation techniques employed by both Management and  

Management’s experts;

•  assessing the reasonableness of the valuation assumptions used in the fair value analysis and considering 

whether in our judgement these are consistent with a market participant’s view;

•  evaluating whether the fair value model being used is appropriate considering the entity’s circumstances 

identified; and

•  performing sensitivity analysis for comparison to the entity’s fair value estimate.
We have also:
•  assessed the reasonableness of management’s business and accounting assumptions used in the forecast data 

by considering previous forecasting accuracy;

•  comparing the projections used to board approved management budgets; and
•  testing the mathematical accuracy of the overall models.
Based on our procedures, no material misstatements have been identified in respect of the attrition rate and 
discount rate used in valuation of the retail customer relationship intangible asset which was recognised following 
the acquisition of DX Groep B.V.

How the scope  
of our audit 
responded  
to the key  
audit matter

Key  
observations

How the scope  
of our audit 
responded  
to the key  
audit matter

Key  
observations

Our application of materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic 
decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the 
scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Materiality
Basis for 
determining 
materiality
Rationale for  
the benchmark 
applied

PBT

Group materiality

Group financial statements
£1.7m (2017: £1.4m)
5% (2017: 5.3%) of statutory profit before tax

Parent company financial statements
£1.2m (2017: £0.8m)
2% (2017: 2%) of net assets

We chose this measure as it is the primary statutory 
measurement used by the users of the accounts and key 
stakeholders to measure the performance of the Group.

Net assets has been chosen as the benchmark as it is 
considered the most relevant benchmark for an 
investment holding company.

Group materiality £1.7m  

PBT £35m  

Component materiality range £0.3 to £1.2m

Audit Committee reporting threshold £0.09m

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all audit differences in excess of £86k (2017: £70k), as well  
as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit 
Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

75

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governance 
An overview of the scope of our audit
We audited the entire Group to full scope with the  
exception of one location and the newly acquired company, 
DX Groep B.V., which are subject to desktop analytical review 
procedures. Our approach results in approximately 98% 
coverage of profit before tax, 98% of revenue and 98%  
of net assets.

At the parent entity level we also tested the consolidation 
process. Audit work to respond to the risks of material 
misstatement was performed directly by the Group audit 
engagement team. Our audit work of the components was 
executed at levels of materiality applicable to each individual 
entity which were lower than Group materiality and ranged 
from £0.3m to £1.2m (2017: £0.3m to £1m).

2%

2%

2%

Revenue

Profit before tax

Net assets

98%

98%

98%

Full audit scope

Review at group level

Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information.  
The other information comprises the information included  
in the Annual Report, other than the financial statements  
and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the 
other information and, except to the extent otherwise 
explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form  
of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements,  
our responsibility is to read the other information and,  
in doing so, consider whether the other information is 
materially inconsistent with the financial statements  
or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise  
appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent 
material misstatements, we are required to determine 
whether there is a material misstatement in the financial 
statements or a material misstatement of the other 
information. If, based on the work we have performed, we 
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities 
statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the 
directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation  
of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are 
responsible for assessing the Group’s and the parent 
company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing as 
applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either 
intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to 
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error,  
and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is  
not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it 
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate,  
they could reasonably be expected to influence the  
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description 
forms part of our auditor’s report.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course  
of the audit:

•  the information given in the strategic report and the 

directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent with the financial 
statements; and

•  the strategic report and the directors’ report have been 

prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group 
and of the parent company and their environment obtained in 
the course of the audit, we have not identified any material 
misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

76

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
Matters on which we are required to report by exception
Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to 
you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 
parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have  
not been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report 
if in our opinion certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration 
have not been made.

We have nothing to report in respect of this matter.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s members,  
as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so 
that we might state to the Company’s members those matters 
we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for 
no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we 
do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than 
the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our 
audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we  
have formed.

Andrew Bond FCA 
(Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
Reading, United Kingdom 
11 March 2019

77

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceConsolidated statement of comprehensive income 
For the year ended 31 December 2018

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses

Operating profit before depreciation, amortisation and gain on disposal
Depreciation and amortisation (excluding business combinations)
Amortisation arising due to business combination
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Profit from operations
Finance income
Finance expense
Profit before tax
Tax expense

Profit after tax
Other comprehensive loss

Total comprehensive income attributable to the owners of the parent

Earnings per share 
Basic per Ordinary Share (pence)
Diluted per Ordinary Share (pence)

 * Restated results following the adoption of IFRS 15 as explained in note 3.

 Adjusted earnings per share is shown in note 11.

All income recognised during the year was generated from continuing operations.

The notes on pages 82 to 113 form part of these financial statements. 

Notes

4

7

7

7

9

9

10

11

11

2018
£m
284.9
(152.7)
132.2

(97.8)

48.3
(13.5)
(0.4)
–

34.4
0.3
(0.2)
34.5
(6.1)

28.4
(0.2)

28.2

30.3
30.0

2017
£m*
242.0
(133.3)
108.7

(82.4)

36.0
(10.4)
–
0.7

26.3
0.2
–
26.5
(3.8)

22.7
–

22.7

24.5
24.0

78

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Consolidated statement of financial position 
As at 31 December 2018

Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right of use assets
Intangible assets
Deferred tax asset
Trade and other receivables

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Other payables
Provisions
Lease liability
Contract liabilities
Contingent consideration
Deferred tax

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Lease liability
Contract liabilities
Current tax

Total liabilities

Issued capital and reserves attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital
Share premium reserve
Merger reserve
Share option reserve
Foreign exchange reserve
Own shares
Retained earnings
Total equity
Total equity and liabilities

* Restated results following the adoption of IFRS 15 as explained in note 3.

Notes

12

13

14

23

18

17

18

19

20

22

13

4

28 

23

20

22

13

4

24

25

25

25

25

25

25

2018
£m

31.8
4.2
38.0
4.4
11.9
90.3

6.2
62.8
35.5
104.5
194.8

0.3
1.2
2.9
8.5
8.1
3.9
24.9

37.2
1.0
1.5
7.9
0.6
48.2
73.1

0.2
4.6
2.3
3.2
(0.2)
(0.8)
112.4
121.7
194.8

The financial statements on pages 78 to 81 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors  
on 11 March 2019 and were signed on its behalf by:

Andrew Belshaw 
Chief Financial Officer

The notes on pages 82 to 113 form part of these financial statements.

2017
£m*

29.2
–
15.5
1.7
10.9
57.3

3.2
61.6
31.6
96.4
153.7

–
1.5
–
7.8
–
–
9.3

39.8
0.3
–
8.2
0.8
49.1
58.4

0.2
3.8
2.3
2.8
–
(0.8)
87.0
95.3
153.7

79

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceConsolidated statement of cash flows 
For the year ended 31 December 2018 

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit for the year before tax
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right of use asset
Amortisation of intangible assets
Share based payment expense
Interest income
Finance cost

Increase in trade and other receivables
Increase in inventories
(Decrease)/Increase in trade and other payables
Increase in contract liabilities
Increase/(decrease) in provisions and employee benefits

Cash generated by operations
Taxes paid
Net cash flows from operating activities

Investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets
Interest received
Acquisition of subsidiary net of cash acquired

Notes

12
13
14

12
14

16

2018
£m

34.5

8.7
1.4
3.8
1.9
(0.3)
0.2
50.2

(1.7)
(3.0)
(5.7)
0.4
0.4

40.6
(4.3)
36.3

(10.2)
(2.5)
0.3
(11.1)

2017
£m*

26.5

7.5
–
2.9
2.0
(0.2)
–
38.7

(18.3)
(0.2)
6.8
3.0
(0.1)

29.9
(3.6)
26.3

(12.1)
(3.7)
0.2
–

Net cash used in investing activities

(23.5)

(15.6)

Financing activities
IFRS 16 liability repayments
Share issues
Dividends

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

* Restated results following the adoption of IFRS 15 as explained in note 3.

The notes on pages 82 to 113 form part of these financial statements.

(1.6)
0.8
(8.1)

(8.9)

3.9
31.6

35.5

–
–
(7.3)

(7.3)

3.4
28.2

31.6

80

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
For the year ended 31 December 2018

1 January 2017
Change in accounting policy
Restated equity at 1 January 2017*
Issue of shares
Recognition of share based payment expense
Current tax on share based payment expense
Deferred tax on share based payment expense
Dividend paid (note 11)
Transaction with owners

Profit for the year (restated)*
Total comprehensive income (restated)*

31 December 2017 (restated)*

1 January 2018 (restated)*
Change in accounting policy
Issue of shares
Recognition of share based payment expense
Current tax on share based payment expense
Deferred tax on share based payment expense
Dividend paid (note 11)
Transaction with owners

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive loss
Total comprehensive (loss)/income

Share
capital
£m
0.2
–
0.2
–
–
–
–
–
–

 Share 
premium
reserve
£m
3.8
–
3.8
–
–
–
–
–
–

Merger 
reserve
£m
2.3
–
2.3
–
–
–
–
–
–

Share  
option 
reserve
£m
3.5
–
3.5
(2.2)
1.5
–
–
–
(0.7)

Foreign 
exchange 
reserve 
£m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

0.2

0.2
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–

3.8

3.8
–
0.8
–
–
–
–
0.8

–
–
–

–
–

2.3

2.3
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–

2.8

2.8
–
(1.0)
1.4
–
–
–
0.4

–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
(0.2)
(0.2)

Own 
shares
£m
(0.8)
–
(0.8)
–
–
–
–
–
–

Retained
earnings
£m
71.2
(3.6)
67.6
2.2
–
2.1
(0.3)
(7.3)
(3.3)

Total
equity
£m
80.2
(3.6)
76.6
–
1.5
2.1
(0.3)
(7.3)
(4.0)

–
–

22.7
22.7

22.7
22.7

(0.8)

87.0

95.3

(0.8)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–

87.0
3.8
1.0
–
0.7
(0.4)
(8.1)
(3.0)

28.4
–
28.4

95.3
3.8
0.8
1.4
0.7
(0.4)
(8.1)
(1.8)

28.4
(0.2)
28.2

31 December 2018

0.2

4.6

2.3

3.2

(0.2)

(0.8)

112.4

121.7

* Restated results following the adoption of IFRS 15 as explained in note 3.

81

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceNotes forming part of the financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2018

1. Accounting policies
Basis of preparation
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards, International 
Accounting Standards and Interpretations (collectively IFRS) 
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board 
(‘IASB’) as adopted by the European Union (‘adopted IFRSs’), 
and are in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, and are 
presented in sterling and, unless otherwise stated, have been 
rounded to the nearest 0.1 million (£m).

The financial statements have been prepared on a historical 
cost basis.

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation 
of the financial statements are set out below. The policies 
have been consistently applied to all the years presented, with 
the exception of IFRS 16 which has been applied through the 
modified retrospective approach, meaning that IFRS 16 has 
been applied from 1 January 2018 with no restatement to 
comparative figures.

Going concern
The Directors prepare a detailed annual budget and 
reforecast for the next 12 month period on a quarterly basis. 
The Group continues to be profitable and cash generative and 
has a significant cash balance of £35.5m (2017: £31.6m) and is 
not reliant on any debt facilities. Therefore, at the time of 
approving the financial statements, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group 
have adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future. The Directors have considered the 
impact of Brexit and believe the impact on the Group will be 
low. The Group has minimal cross border trading and deals 
predominantly in sterling. The European acquisition will 
continue to run independently though there could be an 
impact of foreign exchange translation though this is not 
anticipated to be material given the size of the overseas 
operation. The Group is highly profitable and has cash 
reserves which will protect the Group if there is a wider 
economic impact. Thus it continues to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial 
statements.

Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements consolidate those of the 
parent company and all of its subsidiaries. The parent controls 
a subsidiary if it has power over the investee to significantly 
direct the activities, exposure or rights to variable returns 
from its involvement with the investee, and the ability to use 
its power over the investee to affect the amount of the 
investor’s returns. All subsidiaries have a reporting date of 
31 December.

All transactions and balances between Group companies are 
eliminated on consolidation, including unrealised gains and 
losses on transactions between Group companies.

Where unrealised losses on intra-Group asset sales are 
reversed on consolidation, the underlying asset is also tested 
for impairment from a Group perspective. Amounts reported 
in the financial statements of subsidiaries have been adjusted 
where necessary to ensure consistency with the accounting 
policies adopted by the Group.

82

Profit or loss and other comprehensive income of subsidiaries 
acquired or disposed of during the year are recognised from 
the effective date of acquisition, or up to the effective date of 
disposal, as applicable.

The consolidated financial statements consist of the results of 
the entities shown in note 15.

Exemption from audit
For the year ending 31 December 2018 the following 
subsidiaries of the Company were entitled to exemption  
from audit under s479A of the Companies Act 2006  
relating to subsidiary companies.

Subsidiary name
Gamma Telecom Holdings Limited
Gamma Telecom Limited
Gamma Business Communications Limited
Gamma Network Solutions Limited
Uniworld Bureau Services Limited

Company 
registration 
number
04287779
04340834
02998021
06783485
07136383

Revenue
Revenue represents the fair value of the consideration 
received or receivable for communication services and 
equipment sales, net of discounts and sales taxes.

Revenue is recognised when the Group has fulfilled its 
performance obligations under the relevant customer 
contract.

The Group sells a number of communications products (both 
traditional and growth) each of which typically consists of all 
or some of four main types of revenue – voice and data traffic, 
a subscription or rental, equipment sales and installation fees. 
Revenue for each element of the sale of the product is 
recognised as described below.

To the extent that invoices are raised to a different pattern 
than the revenue recognition described below, appropriate 
adjustments are made through deferred and accrued income 
to account for revenue when the performance obligations 
have been met.

The Group receives payment for products and services from 
channel partners who onwardly sell to end users. These 
channel partners are treated as the principal in that 
transaction because the channel partner has the primary 
responsibility for providing the products or services to the end 
user; the channel partner carries the inventory risk; the 
channel partner is free to establish its own prices either with 
or without bundling in other goods or services which are not 
supplied by the Group; and the channel partner bears the 
credit risk for the amount receivable from the end user. The 
Group therefore recognises revenue based on the 
transactions with the channel partner and not the end user.

Voice and data traffic
Revenue from traffic is recognised at the time the call is made 
or data is transferred.

Revenue arising from the interconnection of voice and data 
traffic between other telecommunications’ operators is 
recognised at the time of transit across the Group’s network.

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Subscriptions and rentals
Revenue from the rental of analogue and digital lines is 
recognised evenly over the period to which the charges relate. 
Subscription fees, consisting primarily of monthly charges for 
access to ethernet, broadband, hosted IP services and other 
internet access or voice services, are recognised as revenue as 
the service is provided.

A small minority of sales of the Cloud PBX product are made 
under an ‘up front’ model whereby a channel partner buys a 
right to use a service for an unspecified period of time into the 
future. This is treated as an option to obtain future services at 
a discount and the revenue is taken equally over the 
estimated future period of usage of that service.

Business combinations
Acquisitions of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for 
using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred 
in a business combination is measured at fair value, which is 
calculated as the sum of the acquisition-date fair values of 
assets transferred by the Group, liabilities incurred by the 
Group to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity 
interest issued by the Group in exchange for control of the 
acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are recognised in profit  
or loss as incurred.

At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired and 
the liabilities assumed are recognised at their fair value at the 
acquisition date, except that:

Equipment sales
Revenue from the sale of peripheral and other equipment is 
recognised when the control of the asset has transferred to 
the buyer, which is normally the date the equipment is 
delivered and accepted by the customer.

Assets which are supplied to customers as part of a service 
(for example, a broadband router or a telephone handset), 
known as Customer Premises Equipment, and which are 
capable of use independently of that service are treated as 
having been sold to the customer.

At the inception of the service when the CPE is shipped the 
cost of the asset is taken to cost of sales and revenue is 
accrued to recognise the sale at a margin typical of sales of 
that product. A contract asset balance is created in respect of 
the accrued revenue and this is released over the length of the 
contract which results in lower ongoing service revenues.

Installation fees
Where an installation is not capable of being separated out 
from an ongoing service contract (i.e. the installation has no 
standalone value to the customer), revenue will be allocated 
to the initial equipment sale (if any) and the ongoing service 
revenues. The latter element will result in a contract liability 
which will be released over the length of the contract with the 
effect that ongoing service charges are increased.

Costs related to installations are similarly capitalised and 
released in line with the release of the corresponding revenues.

Arrangements with multiple deliverables
Where goods and/or services are sold in one bundled 
transaction, the Group allocates the total arrangement’s 
consideration to the different individual elements based on 
their relative fair values. Management determines the fair 
values of individual components based on actual amounts 
charged by the Group on a stand-alone basis, or alternatively 
based on comparable pricing arrangements observable  
in the market.

Advances made to channel partners
Advances are sometimes made to channel partners as part of 
an incentive deal. Where the Group can demonstrate recovery 
of the asset (being the advances made) through contractual 
claw back provisions and past evidence of recovery, they are 
deferred and recognised over the period of the contract. 
Where this is not possible they are charged directly to the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

•  deferred tax assets or liabilities and assets or liabilities 

related to employee benefit arrangements are recognised 
and measured in accordance with IAS 12 Income Taxes and 
IAS 19 Employee Benefits respectively; and

•  assets (or disposal Groups) that are classified as held for sale 
in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale 
and Discontinued Operations are measured in accordance 
with that standard.

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the 
consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling 
interests in the acquiree, and the fair value of the acquirer’s 
previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if any) over the 
net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets 
acquired and the liabilities assumed. If, after reassessment, 
the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeds the sum of 
the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-
controlling interests in the acquiree and the fair value of the 
acquirer’s previously held interest in the acquiree (if any), the 
excess is recognised immediately in profit or loss as a bargain 
purchase gain.

When the consideration transferred by the Group in a 
business combination includes an asset or liability resulting 
from a contingent consideration arrangement, the contingent 
consideration is measured at its acquisition-date fair value 
and included as part of the consideration transferred in a 
business combination. Changes in fair value of the contingent 
consideration that qualify as measurement period 
adjustments are adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding 
adjustments against goodwill. Measurement period 
adjustments are adjustments that arise from additional 
information obtained during the ‘measurement period’ (which 
cannot exceed one year from the acquisition date) about facts 
and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date.

The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of the 
contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement 
period adjustments depends on how the contingent 
consideration is classified. Contingent consideration that is 
classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting 
dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within 
equity. Other contingent consideration is remeasured to fair 
value at subsequent reporting dates with changes in fair value 
recognised in profit or loss.

83

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceNotes forming part of the financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2018 continued

1. Accounting policies continued

When a business combination is achieved in stages, the 
Group’s previously-held interest in the acquired entity is 
remeasured to its acquisition date fair value and the resulting 
gain or loss, if any, is recognised in profit or loss. Amounts 
arising from interests in the acquiree prior to the acquisition 
date that have previously been recognised in other 
comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss,  
where such treatment would be appropriate if that interest 
were disposed of.

If the initial accounting for a business combination is 
incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which the 
combination occurs, the Group reports provisional amounts 
for the items for which the accounting is incomplete. Those 
provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement 
period (see above), or additional assets or liabilities are 
recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts 
and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, 
if known, would have affected the amounts recognised as of 
that date.

In the case of business combinations completed prior to 
1 January 2011 goodwill represents the excess of the cost of  
a business combination over the Group’s interest in the fair 
value of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent  
liabilities acquired.

For business combinations completed prior to 1 January 2011, 
cost comprises the fair value of assets acquired, liabilities 
assumed and equity instruments issued, plus any direct costs 
of acquisition. Changes in the estimated value of contingent 
consideration arising on business combinations completed  
by this date were treated as an adjustment to cost and,  
in consequence, resulted in a change in the carrying value  
of goodwill.

Contingent consideration
Contingent consideration arises when settlement of all or part 
of the cost of a business combination falls due after the date 
the acquisition was completed.

It is stated at fair value and all contingent consideration has 
been treated as part of the cost of the settlement. At each 
balance sheet date, contingent consideration comprises the 
fair value of the remaining contingent consideration valued  
at acquisition.

Goodwill
Goodwill is capitalised as an intangible asset with any 
impairment in carrying value being charged to the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Where the 
fair value of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
liabilities exceed the fair value of consideration paid, the 
excess is credited in full to the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income on the acquisition date.

Intangible assets
An intangible asset, which is an identifiable non-monetary 
asset without physical substance, is recognised to the extent 
that it is probable that the expected future economic benefits 
attributable to the asset will flow to the Group and that its 
cost can be measured reliably. The asset is deemed to be 
identifiable when it is separable or when it arises from 
contractual or other legal rights.

84

Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination 
are shown at fair value at the date of the acquisition less 
accumulated amortisation. Amortisation is charged on a 
straight line basis through the statement of comprehensive 
income. The rates applicable, which represent the Directors’ 
best estimate of the useful economic life, are:

•  Customer contracts – ten to thirteen years; and

•  Brand – five years.

Impairment of non-financial assets  
(excluding inventory and deferred tax assets)
Impairment tests on goodwill and other intangible assets with 
indefinite useful economic lives are undertaken annually at 
the financial year end. Other non-financial assets are subject 
to impairment tests whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may  
not be recoverable.

Where the carrying value of an asset exceeds its recoverable 
amount (i.e. the higher of value in use and fair value less costs 
to sell), the asset is written down accordingly.

Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of 
an individual asset, the impairment test is carried out on the 
smallest group of assets to which it belongs for which there 
are separately identifiable cash flows: its cash generating units 
(‘CGUs’). Goodwill is allocated on initial recognition to each of 
the Group’s CGUs that are expected to benefit from the 
synergies of the combination giving rise to the goodwill.

Impairment charges are included in profit or loss, except to 
the extent they reverse gains previously recognised in other 
comprehensive income. An impairment loss recognised for 
goodwill is not reversed.

Development costs
Expenditure on the research phase of an internal project is 
recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred. 
Development costs incurred on specific projects (whether in 
respect of new products or enhancement of existing 
products) are capitalised when all the following conditions  
are satisfied:

•  completion of the asset is technically feasible so that it will 

be available for use or sale;

•  the Group intends to complete the asset and use or sell it;

•  the Group has the ability to use or sell the asset and the 

asset will generate probable future economic benefits (over 
and above cost);

•  there are adequate technical, financial and other resources 

to complete the development and to use or sell the  
asset; and

•  the expenditure attributable to the asset during its 

development can be measured reliably.

Development costs not meeting the criteria for capitalisation 
are expensed as incurred. The cost of an internally generated 
asset comprises all directly attributable costs necessary to 
create, produce and prepare the asset to be capable of 
operating in the manner intended by management. Directly 
attributable costs include employee (other than Directors) 
costs incurred along with third party costs.

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Judgement is applied when deciding whether the recognition 
requirements for development costs have been met. 
Judgements are based on the information available at each 
statement of financial position date. In addition, all internal 
activities related to the research and development of new 
projects are continuously monitored. Amortisation is charged 
to the statement of comprehensive income on a straight line 
basis over the estimated useful life from the date the asset is 
available for use.

Foreign currency
Transactions entered into by Group entities in a currency 
other than the currency of the primary economic environment 
in which they operate are recorded at the rates ruling when 
the transactions occur. Foreign currency monetary assets and 
liabilities are translated at the rates ruling at the reporting 
date. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation of 
unsettled monetary assets and liabilities are recognised 
immediately in profit or loss, except for foreign currency 
borrowings qualifying as a hedge of a net investment in a 
foreign operation, in which case exchange differences are 
recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated 
in the foreign exchange reserve along with the exchange 
differences arising on the retranslation of the foreign operation.

On consolidation, the results of overseas operations are 
translated into sterling at rates approximating to those ruling 
when the transactions took place. All assets and liabilities of 
overseas operations, including goodwill arising on the 
acquisition of those operations, are translated at the rate 
ruling at the reporting date. Exchange differences arising on 
translating the opening net assets at opening rate and the 
results of overseas operations at actual rate are recognised in 
other comprehensive income and accumulated in the foreign 
exchange reserve.

Exchange differences recognised in the profit or loss of Group 
entities on the translation of long term monetary items 
forming part of the Group’s net investment in the overseas 
operation concerned are reclassified to other comprehensive 
income and accumulated in the foreign exchange reserve on 
consolidation.

On disposal of a foreign operation, the cumulative exchange 
differences recognised in the foreign exchange reserve 
relating to that operation up to the date of disposal are 
transferred to the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income as part of the profit or loss on disposal.

Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with 
the internal reporting provided to the chief operating 
decision-makers. The chief operating decision-makers have 
been identified as the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer. For further details please see note 6.

Financial assets
All financial assets are held under the business model of 
holding the asset to collect the contractual cash flows arising 
from the assets, which are made up solely of payments of the 
principal and interest. Therefore, all financial assets are 
classified at amortised cost.

Except for trade receivables, financial assets are initially 
recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that are directly 
attributable to their acquisition or issue, and are subsequently 
carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate 
method, less provision for impairment.

Trade receivables do not contain significant financing 
components and therefore are initially recognised at their 
transaction price, and subsequently treated in line with other 
financial assets.

Except for trade receivables, impairment provisions are 
recognised as an expected credit loss provision under the 
general approach, being the expected credit loss over the  
next 12 months. Where there is a credit risk on a financial 
asset that has increased significantly, the impairment 
provision is measured at the lifetime expected credit loss. 
Impairment for trade receivables will be measured under the 
simplified approach with an expected credit loss percentage 
applied to each ageing category. All financial assets will be 
reported net of impairment; when the Group has no 
reasonable expectation of recovering a financial asset, the 
portion that is not recoverable is derecognised.

These financial assets comprise trade and other receivables, 
accrued income, and cash and cash equivalents in the 
consolidated statement of financial position.

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits 
held at call with banks and other short term highly liquid 
investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities include trade payables and other short 
term monetary liabilities, which are initially recognised at fair 
value and subsequently carried at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method.

Financial liabilities – Derivatives
Forward exchange contracts are entered into to mitigate 
foreign exchange risk. These contracts are derivatives and 
therefore measured at fair value through profit or loss.  
Hedge accounting has not been applied.

Share capital
The Group’s Ordinary Shares are classified as equity 
instruments.

Share based payment expense
Where equity settled shares or share options are awarded to 
employees, the fair value of the options at the date of grant  
is charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income over the vesting period. Non-market vesting 
conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number  
of equity instruments expected to vest at each reporting date 
so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over 
the vesting period is based on the number of options that 
eventually vest. Non-vesting conditions and market vesting 
conditions are factored into the fair value of the options 
granted. As long as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, 
a charge is made irrespective of whether the market vesting 
conditions are satisfied. The cumulative expense is not 
adjusted for failure to achieve a market vesting condition or 
where a non-vesting condition is not satisfied.

85

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceNotes forming part of the financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2018 continued

1. Accounting policies continued

Where the terms and conditions of options are modified 
before they vest, the increase in the fair value of the options, 
measured immediately before and after the modification, is 
also charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income over the remaining vesting period.

The fair value of the options is measured by use of either the 
Black-Scholes method or the Monte Carlo method. The latter 
methodology is used where there are market conditions 
attached to the share awards.

Leased assets
IFRS 16 has been applied through the modified retrospective 
approach, meaning that IFRS 16 has been applied from 
1 January 2018 with no restatement to comparative figures.

This policy will typically apply to properties, cars and fibre 
networks where the Group has substantially all of the capacity 
of the asset.

On entering into a lease, a right of use asset and lease liability 
will be created.

The right of use asset will be depreciated over the lease-term 
and if necessary impaired in accordance with applicable 
standards. The lease liability is subsequently measured by 
increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease 
liability (application of the effective interest method, using the 
Group’s incremental borrowing rate) and by reducing the 
carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made.

Variable rents are not part of the lease liability and the  
right of use asset. The payments are recognised as an 
expense in the period in which they are incurred. Variable 
payments are presented within note 13.

In the event that lease incentives are received to enter into 
operating leases, such incentives are recognised as a liability. 
The aggregate benefit of incentives is recognised as a 
reduction of rental expense on a straight line basis, except 
where another systematic basis is more representative of the 
time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased 
asset are consumed.

Where leases are 12 months or less or of low value then 
payments made are expensed evenly over the period of usage 
of that asset in line with the practical expedients set out in 
IFRS 16.

Where the Group has a contract to use part of a fibre or 
copper pathway and it does not have substantially all of the 
capacity of the asset then that is not a lease and payments are 
expensed evenly over the period of usage of that asset. In 
some instances a pathway may have a small incidental linkage 
where the Group is using substantially all of the capacity of a 
very minor part of the pathway but in this instance the whole 
contract is not treated as a lease. 

The discount rate applied of 4% is the Group’s incremental 
borrowing rate.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised when they become legally payable. 
In the case of interim dividends to equity shareholders, this  
is upon payment. In the case of final dividends, this is when 
approved by the shareholders at the AGM. Dividend 
distributions payable to equity shareholders are included  
in other liabilities when the dividends have been approved  
in a general meeting prior to the reporting date.

Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently 
payable and deferred tax.

Current tax
The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the 
year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the 
statement of comprehensive income because it excludes 
items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in 
other years, it includes items that are tax deductible but which 
do not affect net profit and it further excludes items that are 
never taxable or deductible.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised where the 
carrying amount of an asset or liability in the consolidated 
statement of financial position differs from its tax base, except 
for differences arising on:

•  the initial recognition of goodwill;

•  the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction 
which is not a business combination and at the time of the 
transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit; 
and

•  investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities 

where the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal 
of the difference and it is probable that the difference will 
not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Recognition of deferred tax assets is restricted to those 
instances where it is probable that taxable profit will be 
available against which the deductible temporary differences 
can be utilised.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to 
apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is 
realised based on tax laws and rates that have been enacted 
or substantively enacted at the statement of financial position 
date. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income 
statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited 
in other comprehensive income, in which case the deferred 
tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a 
legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against 
current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes 
levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends 
to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

86

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Current tax and deferred tax for the year
Current and deferred tax are recognised in profit or loss, 
except when they relate to items that are recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case, the 
current and deferred tax are also recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively.

Where current tax or deferred tax arises from the initial 
accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is 
included in the accounting for the business combination.

Property, plant and equipment
Items of property, plant and equipment are initially 
recognised at cost. As well as the purchase price, cost includes 
directly attributable costs and the estimated present value of 
any future unavoidable costs of dismantling and removing 
items. The corresponding liability is recognised within 
provisions. Assets in the course of construction for use in the 
supply of communication products, or for administration 
purposes not yet determined, are carried at cost, less any 
recognised impairment loss. Cost includes professional fees. 
Depreciation of these assets, on the same basis as other 
assets, commences when the assets are ready for their 
intended use.

Depreciation is provided on all other items of property, plant 
and equipment so as to write off their carrying value over 
their expected useful economic lives. It is provided at the 
following rates:

Network assets
Computer equipment
Fixtures and fittings

4%–33% per annum straight line
25%–50% per annum straight line
20%–25% per annum straight line

Inventory
Inventory (which is all finished goods) is initially recognised at 
cost, and subsequently at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value. Cost comprises all costs of purchase, costs of 
conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the 
inventories to their present location and condition.

Weighted average cost is used to determine the cost of 
ordinarily interchangeable items.

Employee Benefit Trust (‘EBT’)
As the Company is deemed to have control of its EBT, it is 
treated as a subsidiary and consolidated for the purposes  
of the consolidated financial statements. The EBT’s assets 
(other than investments in the Company’s shares), liabilities, 
income and expenses are included on a line-by-line basis in 
the consolidated financial statements.

Provisions
The Group recognises provisions where there is a present or 
constructive obligation as a result of a prior event. The Group 
has recognised provisions for liabilities of uncertain timing or 
amount relating to leasehold dilapidations or onerous lease 
provisions. Provisions are measured at the best estimate of 
the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the 
reporting date, and where material discounted at a pre-tax 
rate reflecting current market assessments of the time value 
of money and risks specific to the liability.

Alternative performance measures
Adjustments to EBITDA, PBT and EPS (fully diluted) have  
been presented because the Group believes that adjusted 
measures provide valuable additional information for  
users of the financial statements in assessing the Group’s 
performance. Moreover, they provide information on the 
performance of the business that management is more 
directly able to influence and on a basis comparable  
from year to year.

The measures are adjusted for the following items:

(a) Amortisation on intangibles arising on acquisition
We have completed our first acquisition since our flotation  
in 2014 and we will show EPS figures adjusted for the 
amortisation of the intangible assets which were recognised 
on acquisition of the subsidiary. This adjustment is made 
because most analysts adjust for these items and by providing 
figures adjusted in this way, a user of the accounts is able to 
compare the actual results with the expectations of the 
analyst community.

(b) Depreciation and amortisation
Depreciation and amortisation relate to assets which were 
acquired by the Group. They are omitted from adjusted 
operating expenses to allow a user to see how costs which 
management can influence in the short term have varied  
from period to period.

(c) Gain on disposal of PPE
The Group may sometimes make a gain or loss on disposal of 
an asset. These gains or losses occur infrequently and are not 
trading items (the Group does not trade in fixed assets and 
neither expects to have gains or losses on disposal, nor does it 
budget for them). These gains or losses will therefore affect 
EBITDA, PBT and EPS but are not reflective of the ongoing 
trading profitability of the Group. Therefore management 
excludes these items from the adjusted figures to ensure that 
the trading performance of the business is properly 
understood.

(d) Non-recurring tax credit
During the prior year there was a non-recurring tax credit  
of £0.9m arising due to overpayment from 2014 and earlier 
years where the underlying position has only recently been 
resolved. This is not expected to recur and distorts the true 
effective tax rate for the Group. This item impacts EPS. 
Adjusted EPS is stated before non-recurring tax items to give  
a better understanding of the true tax position of the Group.

(e) Other non-recurring items
Non-recurring items are those which are considered 
significant by virtue of their nature, size or incidence, and  
are presented separately in the statement of comprehensive 
income to enable a full understanding of the Group’s  
financial performance.

There were none in the period or comparative period which 
affected EBITDA or PBT.

87

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceNotes forming part of the financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2018 continued

2. Critical accounting estimates and judgements

3. Changes in accounting policies

The Group makes certain estimates and assumptions 
regarding the future. Estimates and judgements are 
continually evaluated based on historical experience and 
other factors, including expectations of future events that are 
believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. In the 
future, actual experience may differ from these estimates and 
assumptions. The estimates and assumptions that have a 
significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next 
financial year are discussed below.

Critical accounting judgements
(a) Principal vs agent classification of channel partners
The Group receives payment for products and services from 
channel partners who onwardly sell to end users. The Group 
has considered whether channel partners are acting as a 
principal or an agent under the criteria set out in paragraphs 
B34 to B38 of IFRS 15.

Where a channel partner has the primary responsibility for 
providing the products or services to the end user and carries 
the inventory risk and is free to establish its own prices and 
bears the credit risk for the amount receivable from the end 
user then the channel partner is treated as the principal in 
that transaction. The Group therefore recognises revenue 
earned in this way based on the transactions with the channel 
partner and not the end user.

(b) Revenue recognition
Revenue recognition on contracts may involve providing 
services over multiple years and involving a number of 
products. In such instances, judgement is required to identify 
the date of transaction of separable elements of the contract 
and the fair values which are assigned to each element. The 
Group also regularly assesses customer credit risk inherent in 
the carrying amounts of receivables and contract costs and 
estimated earnings.

Key accounting estimates
(a) Purchase price allocation in business combinations
A number of estimates have been made when calculating the 
value of finite and indefinite lived intangibles acquired in 
business combinations. This includes those around the 
customer contract intangible assets. These are valued using 
discounted cash flow methods which require the application of 
certain key estimates. In particular, management has had to 
estimate customer attrition rates. If the customer attrition rates 
are higher than estimated this may result in an impairment to 
the asset valuation. The estimates around both the value of the 
intangible asset and the period over which it is amortised 
impact the amortisation charge and therefore the Group’s 
profit. On 1 October 2018, the Group acquired DX. An element 
of the purchase price was contingent upon the 2019 results. 
The Group has a liability for contingent consideration of £8.1m 
at 31 December 2018. This assumes that DX will achieve an 
EBITDA of EUR 3.0m (£2.7m) for the year ended 31 December 
2019. If DX achieves an EBITDA of EUR 3.7m (£3.3m) or higher 
then the liability would be understated by £3.8m. When 
calculating the contingent consideration amount management 
has made an estimate of the 2019 EBITDA which is the basis of 
the calculation. A 10% change in this value would create a  
€2m impact on the contingent consideration value.

88

At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, 
the Group has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs 
that have been issued but are not yet effective and,  
in some cases, had not yet been adopted by the EU:

•  IFRS 17 – Insurance contracts

•  IFRS 2 (amendments) – Classification and Measurement of 

Share-based Payment Transactions

•  IFRS 4 (amendments) – Applying IFRS 9 Financial instruments 

with IFRS 4 Insurance contracts

•  IAS 40 and IAS 28 (amendments) – Sale or Contribution of 
Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture

•  Annual improvements to IFRSs 2014-2016 Cycle – 

Amendments to IFRS 1 First-time adoption of International 
Financial Reporting Standards and IFRS 28 Investments in 
Associates and Joint Ventures

•  IFRIC 22 – Foreign Currency Transactions and Advanced 

Consideration

•  IFRIC 23 – Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments

The Directors do not expect that the adoption of the 
standards listed above will have a material impact on the 
financial statements of the Group in future periods.

In the current year, the Group has applied a number of 
amendments to IFRSs issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board (IASB) that are mandatorily effective for an 
accounting period that begins on or after 1 January 2018. The 
new and amended accounting standards adopted during the 
year are:

•  IFRS 15 Revenue and Contracts with Customers  

(effective 1 January 2018).

•  IFRS 16 Leases (effective 1 January 2019, early adopted 

1 January 2018).

•  Amendments to IFRS 9 which replaces IAS 39  

(effective date 1 January 2018).

IFRS 9 (Financial Instruments)
The Group has considered the effects of the changes to IFRS 9 
and has revised its accounting policies from 1 January 2018. 
None of the changes to accounting policies are materially 
different to the previous policies and therefore the Group has 
not restated the 2017 figures upon adoption of the new policies.

The adoption of IFRS 9 has not impacted the classification of 
financial instruments. Derivatives (in the form of foreign 
exchange forward contracts) continue to be measured at fair 
value through profit or loss, and all other instruments 
continue to be measured at amortised cost.

With the exception of trade receivables, due to the simplicity 
of financial instruments, impairment to financial instruments 
is expected to be negligible and hence have no material 
impact on the financial statements. To measure the expected 
credit loss provision of trade receivables, they have been 
grouped by days past due. Details of the expected credit loss 
provision for trade receivables is shown in note 18.

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018IFRS 15 (Revenue from Contracts with Customers)
Based on the new accounting policy which was adopted on 1 January 2018, the Group has restated its 2017 results for the 
changes in policies required by IFRS 15. These are shown below and will form the comparative figures to the 2018 results.

There are four adjustments derived from the change in accounting policies:

•  Removing ‘up-front’ Cloud PBX subscriptions which were previously recognised on purchase. These are now capitalised and 

amortised over the period for which a customer is expected to use the service.

•  Removing assets which were supplied as part of a service from the fixed asset register and instead recognising these as a sale 

at the point of delivery to the customer. There is a corresponding reduction in ongoing service revenues.

•  Spreading installation revenue over the length of the contract. Previously installation costs were recognised up-front.

•  Spreading the cost of commissions in the direct business over the length of the contract to which they relate. Previously 

commissions were recognised as they were paid.

The Company has voluntarily changed the presentation of certain amounts in the statement of financial position to reflect the 
terminology of IFRS 15. These amounts are contract liabilities relating to the contracts where the Company has received 
payment as part of a contract but has not yet satisfied the relevant performance obligation. These amounts are as follows:

•  Contract liabilities totalling £4.6m as at 31 December 2018 in relation to installations, with £2.6m current and £2.0m  

non-current.

•  Contract liabilities totalling £11.8m as at 31 December 2018 in relation to Cloud PBX, with £5.3m current and £6.5m  

non-current.

IFRS 15 (Impact on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2017)

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses

Operating profit before depreciation, amortisation and gain on disposal
Depreciation and amortisation
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Profit from operations
Finance income
Finance expense
Profit before tax
Tax expense

Profit after tax

Total comprehensive income attributable to the owners of the parent
Earnings per share
Basic per Ordinary Share (pence)
Diluted per Ordinary Share (pence)

2017
Under previous 
accounting 
policies
£m
238.4
(125.4)
113.0
(86.8)

IFRS 15 
adjustment
£m
3.6
(7.9)
(4.3)
4.4

Restated 
amount  
IFRS 15
£m
242.0
(133.3)
108.7
(82.4)

39.6
(14.1)
0.7

26.2
0.2
–
26.4
(3.8)

22.6

22.6

24.4
23.9

(3.6)
3.7
–

0.1
–
–
0.1
–

0.1

0.1

0.1
0.1

36.0
(10.4)
0.7

26.3
0.2
–
26.5
(3.8)

22.7

22.7

24.5
24.0

89

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceNotes forming part of the financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2018 continued

3. Changes in accounting policies continued 
IFRS 15 (Impact on the consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2017)

Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right of use assets
Intangible assets
Deferred tax asset
Trade and other receivables

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Provisions
Lease liability
Contract liabilities
Deferred tax

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Lease liability
Contract liabilities
Current tax

Total liabilities

Issued capital and reserves attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital
Share premium reserve
Merger reserve
Share option reserve
Own shares
Retained earnings
Total equity
Total equity and liabilities

2017
Under previous 
accounting 
policies
£m

IFRS 15 
adjustment
£m

Restated 
amount  
IFRS 15
£m

44.1
–
10.0
1.7
–
55.8

3.2
50.6
31.6
85.4
141.2

1.5
–
–
–
1.5

39.8
0.3
–
–
0.8
40.9
42.4

0.2
3.8
2.3
2.8
(0.8)
90.5
98.8
141.2

(14.9)
–
5.5
–
10.9
1.5

–
11.0
–
11.0
12.5

–
–
7.8
–
7.8

–
–
–
8.2
–
8.2
16.0

–
–
–
–
–
(3.5)
(3.5)
12.5

29.2
–
15.5
1.7
10.9
57.3

3.2
61.6
31.6
96.4
153.7

1.5
–
7.8
–
9.3

39.8
0.3
–
8.2
0.8
49.1
58.4

0.2
3.8
2.3
2.8
(0.8)
87.0
95.3
153.7

The IFRS 15 adjustment shows a reclassification versus the numbers shown in the 2017 Annual Report, for current assets and 
non-current assets of £12.5m and a decrease in current liabilities of £7.5m. Total assets and total liabilities have not changed.

90

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018IFRS 16 (Leases)
IFRS 16 has been applied through the modified retrospective approach, meaning that IFRS 16 has been applied from  
1 January 2018 with no restatement to comparative figures. For this reason, both old and new accounting policies are shown 
below to reflect the policies applied to current year and comparative accounting policies. Disclosure of the financial impact of 
IFRS 16 is shown in note 13.

Previous accounting policy
Leased assets
Where substantially all of the risks and 
rewards incidental to ownership are not 
transferred to the Group (an ‘operating 
lease’), the total rentals payable under 
the lease are charged to the 
consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income on a straight 
line basis over the lease term. The 
aggregate benefit of lease incentives is 
recognised as a reduction of the rental 
expense over the lease term on a 
straight line basis.

Policy applied from 1 January 2018
Leased assets
IFRS 16 has been applied through the modified retrospective approach, meaning that 
IFRS 16 has been applied from 1 January 2018 with no restatement to comparative figures.
This policy will typically apply to properties, cars and fibre networks where the Group has 
substantially all of the capacity of the asset.
On entering into a lease, a right of use asset and lease liability will be created.
The right of use asset will be depreciated over the lease-term and if necessary impaired in 
accordance with applicable standards. The lease liability is subsequently measured by 
increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (application of the 
effective interest method, using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate) and by reducing 
the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made.
Variable rents are not part of the lease liability and the right of use asset. The payments are 
recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred. Variable payments are 
presented within the note right of use assets.
In the event that lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, such incentives 
are recognised as a liability. The aggregate benefit of incentives is recognised as a reduction 
of rental expense on a straight line basis, except where another systematic basis is more 
representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset  
are consumed.
Where leases are 12 months or less or of low value then payments made are expensed 
evenly over the period of usage of that asset in line with the practical expedients set out in 
IFRS 16.
Where the Group has a contract to use part of a fibre or copper pathway and it does not 
have substantially all of the capacity of the asset then that is not a lease and payments are 
expensed evenly over the period of usage of that asset. In some instances a pathway may 
have a small incidental linkage where the Group is using substantially all of the capacity  
of a very minor part of the pathway but in this instance the whole contract is not treated as 
a lease. The discount rate applied of 4% is the Group’s incremental borrowing rate.

The impact of IFRS 16 is to increase EBITDA by £1.3m through the removal of operating lease expenses, and a net impact  
of £nil on profit from operations due to an offsetting £1.3m increase in depreciation. 

4. Revenue

Revenue in all periods principally arises from the provision of products and services.

Disaggregation of revenue
Revenue is disaggregated into product type (traditional and growth products), the timing of revenue recognition  
(at a point in time and over time) and operational segment. This disaggregation is shown by note 6.

Contract balances
The following table provides information about receivables, accrued income and contract liabilities from contracts with customers:

Receivables, which are included in ‘Trade and other receivables’
Accrued income, which is included in ‘Trade and other receivables’
Contract liabilities

31 December 
2018
£m
31.0
27.7
16.4

31 December 
2017
£m
25.9
27.0
16.0

1 January  
2017
£m
22.4
20.4
13.0

The amount of revenue recognised in 2018 from performance obligations satisfied (or partially satisfied) in previous periods is 
£nil (2017: £nil).

The contract liabilities are deferred income arising from installations and Horizon upfront subscriptions, which are released to 
the income statement over the life of the contract.

91

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceNotes forming part of the financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2018 continued

4. Revenue continued

Significant changes in the contract liabilities balances during the period are as follows:

Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period
Increases due to cash received, excluding amounts recognised as revenue during the period

Contract 
Liabilities
31 December 
2018
£m
(7.1)
7.8

Contract 
Liabilities
31 December 
2017
£m
(5.2)
7.9

Transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations
The following table includes revenue expected to be recognised in the future related to performance obligations that are 
unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) at the reporting date.

Revenue expected to be recognised

2019
£m
11.4

2020
£m
5.4

2021
onwards
£m
3.6

Total
£m
20.4

The Group applies the practical expedient in paragraph 121 of IFRS 15 and does not disclose information about remaining 
performance obligations that have original expected durations of one year or less. No consideration from contracts with 
customers is excluded from the amounts presented above.

5. Contract costs

Capitalised contract costs consist of commissions from the Direct UK business unit which are directly associated with  
specific customer contracts, and installation costs. Capitalised commissions amounted to £2.5m at 31 December 2018 
(31 December 2017: £2.3m). The amount of amortisation was £1.5m in 2018 (2017: £1.1m) and there was no impairment loss in 
relation to the costs capitalised. Capitalised installation costs amounted to £3.2m at 31 December 2018 (31 December 2017: 
£3.1m). The amount of amortisation was £2.0m in 2018 (2017: £1.4m) and there was no impairment loss in relation to the costs 
capitalised.

Applying the practical expedient in paragraph 94 of IFRS 15, the Group recognises the incremental costs of obtaining contracts 
as an expense when incurred if the amortisation period of the assets that the Group otherwise would have recognised is one 
year or less.

6. Segment information

As a result of the acquisition of DX Groep B.V. the Group has expanded its operating segments to reflect that it now operates in 
the UK and Overseas. Previously the Group presented two operating segments: Indirect and Direct. Operational segments are 
based on where the sales are generated. The Group now presents four operating segments:

•  UK Indirect – This division sells Gamma’s traditional and growth products to channel partners and contributed 74% (2017: 75%) 

of the Group’s external revenue.

•  UK Direct – This division sells Gamma’s traditional and growth products to end users in the SME, enterprise and public sectors 

together with an associated service wrap. It contributed 25% (2017: 25%) of the Group’s external revenues.

•  Overseas – This is a new division arising from the acquisition of DX Groep B.V. This division currently consists of sales made by 
DX Groep B.V. and its subsidiary companies, which in 2018 consisted of sales in the Netherlands. It contributed 1% (2017: 0%)  
of the Group’s external revenues.

•  Central functions – This is a new division arising as a result of the overseas expansion. This division consists of costs that were 
previously included in the UK business but are not specifically attributable to the UK. This is not a revenue generating segment 
but is made up of the central management team and wider Group costs.

As this change in business structure has arisen during the year due to the expansion overseas it is not relevant to the 2017 
operating results.

All operating segments sell a combination of traditional products and services (which is mainly voice traffic from which 
revenues are derived from channel partners and other carriers as well as rentals for wholesale lines) and growth products and 
services (which consists of IP voice traffic, rental income derived from SIP trunks, hosted IP voice systems and Gamma’s hosted 
inbound product and data products).

Factors that management used to identify the Group’s reportable segments
The Group’s reportable segments are strategic business units that offer products and services into different markets. They are 
managed separately because each business requires different marketing strategies and are reported separately to the Board 
and management team.

92

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Measurement of operating segment profit or loss, assets and liabilities
The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant  
accounting policies.

The Group evaluates performance on the basis of profit or loss from operations but excluding non-recurring losses, such as 
goodwill impairment, the effects of share based payments and exceptional income.

Inter-segment sales are priced along the same lines as sales to external customers, with an appropriate discount being applied 
to encourage use of Group resources at a rate acceptable to local tax authorities. This policy was applied consistently 
throughout the current and prior year.

2018
Traditional products and services
Growth (being strategic and enabling) products and services
Total revenue from external customers
Inter-segment revenue

Timing of revenue recognition
At a point in time
Over time

Traditional products and services
Growth (being strategic and enabling) products and services
Total gross profit

Operating profit before depreciation, amortisation and gain  
on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation and amortisation (excluding business combinations)
Amortisation arising due to business combination

Profit from operations
Finance income
Finance expense
Tax
Group profit after tax
Other comprehensive loss 
Total comprehensive income attributable  
to the owners of the parent

UK
Indirect
£m

47.9
162.7
210.6
52.5

19.9
190.7
210.6

11.9
85.6
97.5

35.0
(12.9)
–

22.1
0.3
(0.2)
(4.0)
18.2
–

18.2

UK
Direct
£m

11.0
59.9
70.9
–

3.7
67.2
70.9

3.5
29.3
32.8

16.4
(0.4)
–

16.0
–
–
(2.8)
13.2
–

13.2

Overseas
£m

Central
functions
£m

–
–
3.4
–

–
3.4
3.4

–
–
1.9

(0.4)
(0.2)
(0.4)

(1.0)
–
–
0.2
(0.8)
(0.2)

(1.0)

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

(2.7)
–
–

(2.7)
–
–
0.5
(2.2)
–

(2.2)

Total
£m

284.9
52.5

23.6
261.3
284.9

132.2

48.3
(13.5)
(0.4)

34.4
0.3
(0.2)
(6.1)
28.4
(0.2)

28.2

External revenue of customers has been derived principally from the United Kingdom and no single customer contributes more 
than 10% of revenue.

Additions to non-current assets
Recognition on transition to IFRS 16
Reportable segment assets
Reportable segment liabilities

UK
Indirect
£m
12.5
6.0
146.1
46.0

UK
Direct
£m
0.2
0.2
22.0
12.4

Overseas
£m
24.9
–
26.7
14.7

Central
functions
£m
–
–
–
–

Total
£m
37.6
6.2
194.8
73.1

From 2019 onwards, the Group will no longer differentiate the UK direct business by traditional and growth, but instead by 
Market, as shown below. The Group will continue to differentiate the indirect business by traditional and growth products.  
In addition, the Overseas revenue has not been split by traditional and growth products as the Group doesn’t measure this 
business unit by these criteria.

93

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceNotes forming part of the financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2018 continued

6. Segment information continued 
Direct revenue by Market

Mid-markets
Enterprise
Public sector
The Loop

2017*
Traditional products and services*
Growth (being strategic and enabling) products and services*
Total revenue from external customers*
Inter-segment revenue*

Timing of revenue recognition
At a point in time*
Over time*

Traditional products and services*
Growth (being strategic and enabling) products and services*
Total gross profit*

Operating profit before depreciation, amortisation and gain  
on disposal of property, plant and equipment*
Depreciation and amortisation*
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment*

Profit from operations*
Finance income*
Finance expense*
Tax*
Group profit after tax*

2018
£m
25.1
27.8
16.5
1.5
70.9

Direct
£m

10.8
46.3
57.1
–

3.8
53.3
57.1

3.7
22.0
25.7

12.4
(0.4)
–

12.0
–
–
(1.8)
10.2

2017
£m
21.6
21.4
12.9
1.2
57.1

Total
£m

61.3
180.7
242.0
45.8

22.0
220.0
242.0

16.2
92.5
108.7

36.0
(10.4)
0.7

26.3
0.2
–
(3.8)
22.7

Indirect
£m

50.5
134.4
184.9
45.8

18.2
166.7
184.9

12.5
70.5
83.0

23.6
(10.0)
0.7

14.3
0.2
–
(2.0)
12.5

External revenue of customers has been derived principally from the United Kingdom and no single customer is over 10%  
of revenue.

Additions to non-current assets*
Reportable segment assets*
Reportable segment liabilities*

* Restated results following the adoption of IFRS 15 as explained in note 3.

Indirect
£m
15.4
125.2
45.7

Direct
£m
0.4
28.5
12.7

Total
£m
15.8
153.7
58.4

94

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 20187. Profit on ordinary activities

Profit on ordinary activities is stated after charging/(crediting) the following amounts:

Net foreign exchange
Research costs
Staff costs (see note 8)
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation on right of use assets
Amortisation of intangible assets (excluding business combinations)
Amortisation arising due to business combinations
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors:
Operating lease expense:
•  Other
•  Property

2018  
£m
–
8.7
55.8
8.7
1.4
3.4
0.4
–
15.5
0.2

–
–

2017  
£m
0.2
8.3
48.1
7.5
–
2.9
–
(0.7)
15.7
0.2

0.1
1.6

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the parent company and consolidated financial statements totalled £70k 
(2017: £55k) for the year, and £127k (2017: £95k) for the audit of subsidiaries and other audit services. Fees payable for other 
assurance services comprised £10k (2017: £30k).

8. Staff costs

Staff costs (including Directors) comprise:
Wages and salaries
Defined contribution pension cost (note 26)
Social security contributions and similar taxes

Share based payment expense (note 27)

Employee numbers
The average monthly number of staff employed by the Group during the financial year amounted to: 

Operational
Selling, administration and distribution

2018
£m

46.1
2.8
5.0
53.9
1.9
55.8

2018
Number
552
424
976

2017
£m

39.8
2.1
4.2
46.1
2.0
48.1

2017
Number
491
354
845

Key management personnel compensation
Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the 
activities of the Group, including the Directors of the Company listed on pages 52 and 53, and the Management Committee in 
place during 2018.

Salary
Post-employment benefits
Short term employee benefits

Share based payment expense (note 27)

2018
£m
3.3
0.1
0.8
4.2
1.0
5.2

2017
£m
3.0
0.1
0.4
3.5
1.0
4.5

95

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceNotes forming part of the financial statements  
For the year ended 31 December 2018 continued

8. Staff costs continued

Emoluments in respect of Directors are summarised below:

Salary
Social security contributions and similar taxes

Share based payment expense

Emoluments disclosed above include the following amounts in respect of the highest paid Director.

Salary
Share based payment expense

2018
£m
1.3
0.4
1.7
0.4
2.1

2018
£m
0.7
0.1
0.8

During the year, one Director (2017: two Directors) participated in a private money purchase defined contribution  
pension scheme.

9. Finance income and expense

Finance income
Interest received on bank deposits
Total finance income

Finance expense
Interest expense on leases
Total finance expense

Net finance income

10. Tax expense

Current tax expense
Current tax on profits for the year
Adjustment in respect of prior year
Overseas tax
Total current tax
Deferred tax expense
Origination and reversal of temporary differences (note 23)
Total deferred tax
Total tax expense

2017
£m
1.4
0.2
1.6
0.4
2.0

2017
£m
0.6
0.3
0.9

2017
£m

0.2
0.2

–
–

0.2

2018
£m

0.3
0.3

(0.2)
(0.2)

0.1

2018 
£m

2017 
£m

4.9
0.1
0.2
5.2

0.9
0.9
6.1

5.1
(0.9)
–
4.2

(0.4)
(0.4)
3.8

The reasons for the difference between the actual tax charge for the year and the standard rate of corporation tax in the United 
Kingdom applied to profits for the year are as follows:

Profit before income taxes
Expected tax charge based on the standard rate of United Kingdom corporation tax  
at the domestic rate of 19.00% (2017: 19.25%)
Additional deduction for R&D expenditure
Adjustment in respect of prior year
Total tax expense

2018 
£m
34.5

6.6
–
(0.5)
6.1

2017 
£m
26.5

5.1
(0.4)
(0.9)
3.8

The Finance Act 2016 includes provision for the main rate of corporation tax to reduce to 17% for the year beginning 1 April 
2020, being 19% until 1 April 2020.

In 2018 there is no deduction for R&D expenditure shown within the tax expense, as it is now shown within EBITDA, in line with 
the R&D Expenditure Credit Scheme.

96

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 201811. Earnings per share and dividends
Earnings per share
The calculation of basic earnings per Ordinary Share is based on a profit after tax of £28.4m (2017: £22.7m) and 93,646,411 
(2017: 92,750,844) Ordinary Shares, being the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue during the year.

The diluted earnings per Ordinary Share is calculated by including in the weighted average number of shares the dilutive effect 
of potential Ordinary Shares related to committed share options. The following reflects the share data used in the calculation of 
diluted earnings per share:

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for basic earnings per share
Effect of dilution resulting from share options
Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares adjusted for the effect of dilution

2018
No.
93,646,411
1,108,034
94,754,445

2017 
No.
92,750,844
1,651,182
94,402,026

The following reflects the income and share data used in the calculation of adjusted earnings per share computations before 
share based payments, one-off items and their associated tax effect.

Profit for the year
Less tax adjustment in respect of prior years
Add amortisation arising on business combination
Less tax benefit associated with one-off costs
Adjusted profit after tax for the year

* Restated results following the adoption of IFRS 15 as explained in note 3.

Adjusted earnings per Ordinary Share – basic (pence)
Adjusted earnings per Ordinary Share – diluted (pence)

* Restated results following the adoption of IFRS 15 as explained in note 3.

Total 
2018 
£m
28.4
–
0.4
(0.1)
28.7

2018
30.6
30.3

Total 
2017 
£m
Restated*
22.7
(0.9)
–
–
21.8

2017
Restated*
23.5
23.1

There have been no material transactions involving Ordinary Shares or potential shares between the reporting date and the 
date of completion of the financial statements.

Dividends
An interim dividend of 3.1p was paid on 18 October 2018 (2017: 2.8p).

A final dividend of 6.2p will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting but has not been recognised as it requires approval 
(2017: 5.6p). The total amount of dividends proposed is 9.3p (2016: 8.4p). The payments of these dividends do not have any tax 
consequences for the Group.

97

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceNotes forming part of the financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2018 continued

12. Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 January 2018
Additions
Acquisition of subsidiary
Disposals
Reclassification
At 31 December 2018
Depreciation
At 1 January 2018
Charge for the year
Disposals
Reclassification
At 31 December 2018
Net book value
At 1 January 2018
At 31 December 2018

Cost
At 1 January 2017*
Additions*
Disposals*
At 31 December 2017*
Depreciation
At 1 January 2017*
Charge for the year*
Disposals*
At 31 December 2017*
Net book value
At 1 January 2017*
At 31 December 2017*

Network  
assets
£m

Customer 
premises 
equipment £m

Computer 
equipment
£m

Fixtures and 
fittings
 £m

65.5
10.0
0.7
–
0.6
76.8

39.3
7.3
–
0.5
47.1

26.2
29.7

54.5
11.0
–
65.5

33.6
5.7
–
39.3

20.9
26.2

0.8
–
–
(0.2)
(0.6)
–

0.7
–
(0.2)
(0.5)
–

0.1
–

1.1
–
(0.3)
0.8

0.7
0.3
(0.3)
0.7

0.4
0.1

7.0
0.2
0.3
–
–
7.5

4.5
1.2
–
–
5.7

2.5
1.8

6.2
0.8
–
7.0

3.4
1.1
–
4.5

2.8
2.5

1.0
–
0.1
–
–
1.1

0.6
0.2
–
–
0.8

0.4
0.3

0.7
0.3
–
1.0

0.2
0.4
–
0.6

0.5
0.4

Total
£m

74.3
10.2
1.1
(0.2)
–
85.4

45.1
8.7
(0.2)
–
53.6

29.2
31.8

62.5
12.1
(0.3)
74.3

37.9
7.5
(0.3)
45.1

24.6
29.2

* Restated results following the adoption of IFRS 15 as explained in note 3.

There was no property, plant or equipment held as security at the end of either year.

Prior to the application of IFRS 15, all customer premises equipment (CPE) was held under a single asset class. Following the 
application of IFRS 15 CPE now falls into two categories, being CPE that is treated in line with IFRS 15 and CPE that does not  
meet the criteria of IFRS 15. The Group has reclassified CPE that does not meet the requirements of IFRS 15 from CPE to  
network assets.

98

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 201813. Leases under IFRS 16

The Group’s lease commitments are predominantly made up of office premises, other leases for land and buildings, and cars.

Right of use assets

Cost
At 1 January 2018 – recognition on transition to IFRS 16
Acquisition of subsidiary
Additions
Disposals
At 31 December 2018
Depreciation
At 1 January 2018
Charge for the year
Disposals
At 31 December 2018
Net book value
At 1 January 2018
At 31 December 2018

Land and 
buildings
 £m

Other
£m

Total
£m

6.0
0.2
0.1
(1.1)
5.2

–
1.3
(0.2)
1.1

–
4.1

0.2
–
–
–
0.2

–
0.1
–
0.1

–
0.1

6.2
0.2
0.1
(1.1)
5.4

–
1.4
(0.2)
1.2

–
4.2

Disposals of right of use assets relate to the decision to exercise break clauses for office premises in August 2019. No 
replacement leases have been committed to in the year ended 31 December 2018.

Lease liabilities

Maturity analysis – contractual undiscounted cash flows
In one year or less
Between one and five years
In five years or more
Total undiscounted lease liabilities at 31 December 2018
Lease liabilities included in the statement of financial position at 31 December 2018
Current
Non-current
Amounts recognised in the comprehensive income statement
Interest expense on lease liabilities
Expenses relating to short term leases
Expenses relating to leases of low value assets, excluding short term leases of low value assets
Amounts recognised in the statement of cash flows
Total cash outflow

2018
£m

2017
£m

1.6
2.1
1.1
4.8
4.4
1.5
2.9

0.2
–
–

1.6

1.7
4.4
1.3
7.4
–
–
–

–
–
–

1.7

During the years ended 31 December 2017 and 31 December 2018 there were no variable lease payments not included in the 
measurement of lease liabilities, no sale and leaseback transactions and no income from sub-leasing right of use assets.

The Group holds leases for office equipment such as photocopiers for which the Group has taken the small value exemption in 
paragraph 6 of the IFRS 16 standard. In addition to this the Group has applied the short term exemption to a number of other 
leases for land and buildings that have lease terms of less than 12 months.

99

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceNotes forming part of the financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2018 continued

14. Intangible assets

Cost
At 1 January 2018
Additions
Acquisition of subsidiary
At 31 December 2018
Amortisation
At 1 January 2018
Charge for the year
At 31 December 2018
Carrying value
At 1 January 2018
At 31 December 2018

Cost
At 1 January 2017
Additions
At 31 December 2017
Amortisation
At 1 January 2017
Charge for the year
At 31 December 2017
Carrying value
At 1 January 2017
At 31 December 2017

Goodwill on 
consolidation
£m

Development 
costs
£m

Customer 
contracts
£m

Brand
£m

Software
£m*

12.5
–
7.2
19.7

4.5
–
4.5

8.0
15.2

12.5
–
12.5

4.5
–
4.5

8.0
8.0

7.2
1.3
0.4
8.9

5.2
1.2
6.4

2.0
2.5

6.1
1.1
7.2

4.2
1.0
5.2

1.9
2.0

2.1
–
15.1
17.2

2.1
0.4
2.5

–
14.7

2.1
–
2.1

2.0
0.1
2.1

0.1
–

–
–
0.9
0.9

–
–
–

–
0.9

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–

10.0
1.2
0.2
11.4

4.5
2.2
6.7

5.5
4.7

7.4
2.6
10.0

2.7
1.8
4.5

4.7
5.5

Total
£m

31.8
2.5
23.8
58.1

16.3
3.8
20.1

15.5
38.0

28.1
3.7
31.8

13.4
2.9
16.3

14.7
15.5

* Restated results following the adoption of IFRS 15 as explained in note 3.

The estimates of the useful economic lives of the intangible assets are as follows:

•  Goodwill on consolidation – indefinite (subject to impairment).

•  Development costs – over the anticipated useful economic life of the asset developed but no more than four years.

•  Customer contracts – nine to ten years.

•  Brand – five years.

•  Software – four years.

All amortisation on intangible assets charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income is included within 
operating expenses.

The carrying amount of goodwill is allocated to the cash generating units (‘CGUs’) as follows:

Gamma Business Communications Limited
Gamma Network Solutions Limited
DX Groep B.V.

2018 
£m
6.8
1.2
4.6
12.6

2017 
£m
6.8
1.2
–
8.0

The CGUs are determined based on how the business units are reported internally.

The carrying value of the Group’s goodwill was tested for impairment at 31 December 2018 and 2017 for Gamma Business 
Communications limited and Gamma Network Solutions Limited. DX Groep B.V. has been tested for impairment on 
31 December 2018.

The recoverable amount has been determined on a value-in-use basis on each CGU using the Board approved budgets where 
gross margin percentage is assumed to be held constant and budgeted revenue and overheads are forecasted to grow. These 
cash flows are discounted at the pre-tax cost of capital for the Group.

100

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Based on the results of the impairment reviews carried out for each year (giving a recoverable amount of £38.2m (2017: £27.4m) 
in respect of Gamma Business Communications Limited, £41.9m (2017: £24.1m) in respect of Gamma Network Solutions Limited 
and £11.7m for DX Groep B.V., no impairment charges have been recognised by the Group in either of the years. Having 
assessed the anticipated future cash flows, the Directors do not consider there to be any reasonably possible changes in 
assumptions that would lead to such an impairment charge in any of the years.

15. Subsidiaries

The principal subsidiaries of Gamma Communications plc, all of which are 100% owned and have been included in these 
financial statements in accordance with the merger accounting as set out in the basis of preparation and basis of consolidation 
note 1, are as follows:

Name
Gamma Telecom Holdings Limited
Gamma Telecom Limited
Gamma Business Communications Limited
Gamma Network Solutions Limited
Gamma Development KfT  
(formerly Peach Amber KfT)
Gamma Communications Netherlands B.V.
DX Groep B.V.
Dean One B.V.
Schiphol Connect B.V.
Gamma Communications Ireland Ltd
Gamma Communications US Inc
Uniworld Bureau Services Limited

Nature of business

Country of 
incorporation
United Kingdom Intermediate holding company
United Kingdom Telephony services
United Kingdom Telephony services
United Kingdom Telephony services
Hungary

Software services

Intermediate holding company
Netherlands
Intermediate holding company
Netherlands
Telephony services
Netherlands
Telephony services
Netherlands
Telephony services
Ireland
United States
Dormant
United Kingdom Dormant

Ownership  
by the Company
Direct ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership

Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership

Notes
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(b)

(c)
(d)
(d)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(a)

Notes:
(a)  Registered Office: 5 Fleet Place, London, EC4M 7RD, England.
(b)  Registered Office: 1054 Budapest, Széchenyi Rakpart 8, Hungary.
(c)  Office address: 5 Fleet Place, London, EC4M 7RD, England.
(d)  Office address: Krijgsman 75, 1186 DR Amstelveen, the Netherlands.
(e)   Registered Office: 6th floor, 2 Grand Canal Square, Dublin 2.
(f)   Registered Office: 1313 N. Market Street, Suite 5100, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801, USA.

Gamma Telecom Limited is also a member of NP4UK Limited which is a dormant company (limited by guarantee)  
incorporated in the United Kingdom.

The Group also consolidates the Gamma Communications plc SIP Trust.

The Group held no interests in unconsolidated structured entities.

16. Business combinations
Summary of acquisition
On 1 October 2018 the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of DX Groep B.V., a provider of telephony services.  
The acquisition has provided Gamma Communications Plc with initial access to the European telecommunications market.

Details of the purchase consideration, the net assets acquired and goodwill are as follows:

Cash paid
Contingent consideration
Total purchase consideration

At  
acquisition
£m
11.5
8.1
19.6

Fair value 
adjustment
£m
–
–
–

31 December 
2018
£m
11.5
8.1
19.6

In the event that pre-determined EBITDA is achieved by the subsidiary by the year ended 31 December 2019, additional 
consideration of up to £14m may be payable in cash on 10 May 2020.

The potential undiscounted amount payable under the agreement is between £nil (€nil) for EBITDA in the year ended  
31 December 2019 of less than £1.6m (€1.8m) and £12.6m (€14.0m) for EBITDA of £3.3m (€3.7m) or more. Sterling values  
have been translated at the closing exchange rate of 1.1128.

The fair value of contingent consideration of £8.1m was estimated by calculating the present value of future expected cash 
flows. The estimates are based on a discount rate of 4% and 2019 EBITDA €3m with an earnings multiplier of 7.5 times less the 
cash already paid.

To date DX Groep B.V. is performing in line with expectations.

101

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceNotes forming part of the financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2018 continued

16. Business combinations continued

The provisional fair value of the assets and liabilities recognised as a result of the acquisition are as follows:

Cash
Trade receivables
Inventories
Tangible fixed assets
Intangible fixed assets – pre existing
Intangible – customer contracts
Intangible – brand
Financial assets
Trade payables
Other receivables
Other payables
Current tax
Deferred tax liability/asset
Net identifiable assets acquired
Add: Goodwill
Net assets acquired

At  

acquisition
£m
0.4
0.5
0.1
1.1
1.1
–
–
–
(1.0)
0.6
(2.0)
(0.2)
–
0.6

Fair value 
adjustment
£m
–
–
–
–
(0.5)
15.1
0.9
–
–
–
–
–
(3.7)
11.8

31 December 
2018
£m
0.4
0.5
0.1
1.1
0.6
15.1
0.9
–
(1.0)
0.6
(2.0)
(0.2)
(3.7)
12.4
7.2
19.6

There were no acquisitions in the year ended 31 December 2017.

Acquired receivables
The fair value of acquired trade receivables is £0.5m. The gross contractual amount for trade receivables due is £0.5m, of which 
£nil is expected to be uncollectible.

Revenue and profit contribution (unaudited)
The acquired business contributed revenues of £3.4m and net profit of £0.1m to the Group for the period from 1 October 2018 
to 31 December 2018.

If the acquisition had occurred on 1 January 2018, consolidated pro-forma revenue and profit for the year ended  
31 December 2018 would have been £14.4m and £0.8m respectively. These amounts have been calculated as follows:

For the year ended 31 December 2018
Add: Transaction costs
For the year ended 31 December 2018 if the acquisition occurred on 1 Jan 2018

Revenue
£m
14.4
–
14.4

 Profit
£m
0.1
0.7
0.8

Goodwill
The goodwill of £7.2m is attributable to the acquired Group acting as a focal point through which Gamma can broaden its 
geographical footprint in the medium term. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

Purchase consideration – cash outflow

Cash consideration
Less: Cash acquired
Net outflow of cash – Investing activities

Valuations of intangible assets
Customer relations were valued under the Income Method and the brand under the Relief from Royalty Method.

17. Inventories

Raw materials and consumables
Provision
Total inventories

2018
£m
6.6
(0.4)
6.2

2018
£m
11.5
(0.4)
11.1

2017
 £m
3.4
(0.2)
3.2

The replacement cost of stocks equals the balance sheet amount. Inventory levels are high in comparison to 2017 as the Group 
has purchased stock in advance due to Brexit.

102

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 201818. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables
Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables
Trade receivables – net
Accrued income
Prepayments
Other receivables
Total trade and other receivables

Of which:
Due within one year or less
Due after more than one year

2018
 £m
31.0
(4.6)
26.4
27.7
17.9
2.7
74.7

62.8
11.9

2017
£m
25.9
(2.7)
23.2
27.0
16.3
6.0
72.5

61.6
10.9

The Directors consider that the carrying value of the trade and other receivables is approximately equal to their fair value.

As at 31 December 2018 and 2017 trade receivables as shown below were past due but not impaired. They relate to customers 
with no default history or where we have an offset arrangement. The ageing analysis of these receivables is as follows:

Up to 3 months
3 to 6 months
6 to 12 months
Older than 1 year

2018
£m
1.8
0.3
–
–
2.1

2017
£m
1.5
–
–
–
1.5

As at 31 December 2018 trade receivables of £4.3m (2017: £2.3m) were past due and impaired. The amount of the provision  
as at 31 December 2018 was £4.6m (2017: £2.7m). The main factors considered by the finance function in determining that the 
amounts due are impaired are that the customers are unlikely to be trading or the debts are three months and more past due. 
The ageing of these receivables is as follows:

Not due
Up to 3 months
3 to 6 months
6 to 12 months
Older than 1 year

2018
£m
0.3
2.1
0.6
0.9
0.7
4.6

The Group does not have any concentration of credit risk. None of the customers represents more than 10%  
of trade receivables.

Movements on the Group provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:

At beginning of the year
Provided during the year
Receivable written off during the year as uncollectible

2018
 £m
2.7
2.1
(0.2)
4.6

2017
£m
0.4
1.3
0.5
0.2
0.3
2.7

2017
£m
2.0
1.2
(0.5)
2.7

The movement on the provision for impaired receivables has been included in the selling and administrative expenses line in 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

103

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceNotes forming part of the financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2018 continued

19. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank

20. Trade and other payables

Current and non-current
Trade payables
Other payables
Accruals – Cost of sales
Accruals – Operating expenses (excluding payroll)
Accruals – Payroll (excluding tax and social security)
Tax and social security
Deferred income
Total trade and other payables

Book values approximate to fair value at 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2017.

Of which:
Due within one year or less
Due after more than one year

2018
£m
35.5

2018
£m

4.4
2.1
13.4
4.7
6.8
2.1
4.0
37.5

37.2
0.3

2017
£m
31.6

2017
£m

7.9
1.9
15.0
3.2
6.7
2.4
2.7
39.8

39.8
–

Within ‘Accruals – Cost of sales’ is an amount which represents an estimate of amounts which have yet to be billed by other 
carriers. This accrual is required because in the telecoms industry, calls and data are passed from one carrier to another and 
there is a significant level of billing between carriers, and reconciliations are carried out between the data records of each 
carrier. In some cases, these reconciliations may take some time to perform. Even when a bill has been received, most  
carriers reserve the right to issue additional bills if they discover that the units thereon were incomplete or the calls were  
not correctly rated. 

21. Financial instruments – risk management

The Group is exposed through its operations to the following financial risks:

•  Credit risk.

•  Fair value or cash flow interest rate risk.

•  Market risk.

•  Liquidity risk.

In common with all other businesses, the Group is exposed to risks that arise from its use of financial instruments. This note 
describes the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing those risks and the methods used to measure them. 
Further quantitative information in respect of these risks is presented throughout these financial statements.

Principal financial instruments
The principal financial instruments used by the Group, from which financial instrument risk arises, are as follows:

•  Trade receivables.

•  Cash and cash equivalents.

•  Trade and other payables.

104

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018A summary of the financial instruments held by category is provided below:

Financial assets – amortised cost

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade receivables – net
Accrued income
Prepayments
Other receivables
Total financial assets

Financial liabilities – amortised cost

Trade payables
Other payables
Accruals – Cost of sales
Accruals – Operating expenses (excluding payroll)
Accruals – Payroll (excluding tax and social security)
Contract liabilities
Lease liabilities
Total financial liabilities

2018
£m
35.5
26.4
27.7
17.9
2.7
110.2

2018
 £m
4.4
1.8
12.8
5.4
7.0
16.4
4.4
52.2

2017
£m
31.6
23.2
27.0
16.3
6.0
104.1

2017
£m
7.9
1.9
15.0
3.2
6.7
16.0
–
50.7

General objectives, policies and processes
The Board has overall responsibility for the determination of the Group’s risk management objectives and policies and, whilst 
retaining ultimate responsibility for them, it has delegated the authority for designing and operating processes that ensure the 
effective implementation of the objectives and policies to the Group’s Management Committee. The Board receives monthly 
reports from the Management Committee through which it reviews the effectiveness of the processes put in place and the 
appropriateness of the objectives and policies it sets.

The overall objective of the Board is to set policies that seek to reduce risk as far as possible without unduly affecting the 
Group’s competitiveness and flexibility. Further details regarding these policies are set out below:

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or a counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations. The Group is mainly exposed to credit risk from credit sales. It is Group policy, implemented locally,  
to assess the credit risk of new customers before entering contracts.

The Credit Committee has established a credit policy under which each new customer is analysed individually for 
creditworthiness before the Group’s standard payment and delivery terms and conditions are offered. The Group’s review 
includes external ratings where available. Purchase limits are established for each customer, which represent the maximum 
open amount without requiring further approval from the Credit Committee.

The Credit Committee determines concentrations of credit risk by monitoring the creditworthiness rating of existing customers 
and through regular reviews of the trade receivables’ ageing analysis.

The Group does not enter into derivatives to manage credit risk.

Quantitative disclosures of the credit risk exposure in relation to financial assets are set out below. Further disclosures 
regarding trade and other receivables, which are neither past due nor impaired, are provided in note 18.

Due to the Group’s procedures for managing credit risk, expected credit losses on all non-trade receivable financial assets are 
expected to be negligible. Expected impairment for trade receivables are calculated based on historical default rates. Details of 
this provision are shown in note 18.

105

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceNotes forming part of the financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2018 continued

21. Financial instruments – risk management continued
Financial assets – maximum exposure

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade receivables – net
Accrued income
Prepayments
Other receivables
Total financial assets

2018
£m
35.5
26.4
27.7
17.9
2.7
110.2

2017
£m
31.6
23.2
27.0
16.3
6.0
104.1

The Credit Committee monitors the utilisation of the credit limits regularly and at the reporting date does not expect any losses 
from non-performance by the counterparties in addition to those already provided against.

Cash in bank
The Group is continually reviewing the credit risk associated with holding money on deposit in banks and seeks to mitigate this 
risk by only holding deposits with banks with a credit rating of A or above, unless Board approval is obtained.

Market risk
The market risk relates to foreign exchange. Foreign exchange risk arises because the Group has a small operation located  
in Hungary and the acquired companies under DX Groep B.V. which are not the same as the functional currency in which the 
Group companies are operating. Although the fact that its overseas operations are small compared to those in the UK reduces 
the Group’s operational risk, the Group’s net assets arising from such overseas operations are exposed to currency risk 
resulting in gains or losses on retranslation into sterling. Given the levels of materiality, the Group does not hedge its net 
investments in overseas operations as the cost of doing so is disproportionate to the exposure.

During the year, the Group entered into three forward foreign exchange contracts to mitigate against the foreign exchange risk 
on foreign contracts. These are in USD and relate to one supplier. There were two open foreign exchange contracts at year end 
to cover payments totalling USD$3.8m.

As of 31 December 2017 and 31 December 2018 the Group’s exposure to foreign exchange risk was not material. A sensitivity 
analysis for market risk has not been prepared as the risk is immaterial.

Interest rate risk
The Group’s only exposure to interest rate risk arises from the interest rate on fixed term, fixed rate bank deposits. Analysis of 
this has not been prepared as this risk is immaterial.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s management of working capital. It is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in 
meeting its financial obligations as they fall due.

It is the Group’s aim to settle balances as they become due.

The Board receives annual 36-month cash flow projections. At the end of the financial year, these projections indicated that the 
Group expected to have sufficient liquid resources to meet its obligations under all reasonably expected circumstances.

The following table sets out the contractual maturities (representing undiscounted contractual cash flows) of financial liabilities:

2018
Total financial liabilities  
(excluding lease and contract liabilities)

2017
Total financial liabilities  
(excluding lease liabilities and contract liabilities)

Lease and contract liabilities have been excluded.

Up to 3
months
£m

30.9

Up to 3
months
£m

32.9

Between
3 and 12
months
£m

–

Between
3 and 12
months
£m

Between
1 and 2
years
£m

0.5

Between
1 and 2
years
£m

Between
2 and 5
years
£m

–

Between
2 and 5
years
£m

1.8

–

–

Over
5 years
£m

–

Over
5 years
£m

–

The Group presents a maturity analysis of lease liabilities within note 13.

More details in regard to the line items are included in the respective note:

•  Trade and other payables – note 20.

106

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Capital disclosures
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising 
its return to shareholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. The Group’s overall strategy remains 
unchanged from the prior year. The Group monitors ‘adjusted capital’ which comprises all components of equity (i.e. share 
capital, share premium reserve, merger reserve, share option reserve and retained earnings).

The Group’s objectives when maintaining capital are:

•  to safeguard the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can continue to provide returns for shareholders  

and benefits for other stakeholders; and

•  to provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk.

The Group has historically maintained very low levels of gearing and is not exposed to externally imposed capital  
requirements. The Group will continue to manage the amount of capital it requires in proportion to risk. The Group manages  
its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in the light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of 
the underlying assets.

Total equity
Cash and cash equivalents
Capital
Total equity
Overall financing
Capital-to-overall-financing ratio

22. Provisions

Leasehold dilapidation provision
Onerous lease provision
Onerous contracts
Total provisions

Of which:
Due within one year or less
Due after more than one year

At 1 January 2018
Additional provision in the year
Utilisation of provision
At 31 December 2018

2018
£m
117.9
35.5
153.4
117.9
117.9
1.30

2018
£m
1.4
0.3
0.5
2.2

1.0
1.2

Onerous 
contracts
£m
–
0.5
–
0.5

Leasehold
dilapidation
provision
£m
1.3
0.1
–
1.4

Onerous
lease
provision
£m
0.5
0.1
(0.3)
0.3

2017
£m
95.3
31.6
126.9
95.3
95.3
1.33

2017
£m
1.3
0.5
–
1.8

0.3
1.5

Total
£m
1.8
0.7
(0.3)
2.2

Leasehold dilapidations relate to the estimated cost of returning a leasehold property to a defined condition at the end of the 
lease in accordance with the lease terms. Once the stage of the lease has been reached at which a reliable estimate of the costs 
can be made, a provision is recognised in the profit and loss account. The main uncertainties relate to estimating the cost that 
will be incurred at the end of the lease and also whether the option to break from the lease will be exercised. Leasehold 
dilapidation provisions relate to property rentals and vary from less than 12 months to in excess of five years.

The onerous lease provision relates to lease payments on property which became onerous during the prior year. The amount 
provided is based on the future rental obligations together with other fixed outgoings and the possibility of either sub-letting  
or buying-out from the lease commitment. Significant assumptions are used in making these calculations and changes in 
assumptions and future events could cause the value of these provisions to change. The onerous lease provision relates  
to POP sites, with remaining terms of under 12 months.

From time to time the Group engages in contracts with suppliers where there is a minimum commitment. This is done in 
instances where the minimum purchase commitment is considered to be comfortably achievable and there is a material 
commercial advantage to making that commitment. Rarely there may be an unforeseen change in circumstances which means 
that the commitment becomes onerous and a provision is made at the point it appears that the minimum commitments will not 
be achieved. Provisions for onerous leases relate to contracts less than two years in length.

107

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceNotes forming part of the financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2018 continued

23. Deferred tax

Deferred tax is calculated in full on temporary differences under the liability method using the tax rate at which it is expected to 
unwind, being 19% until 1 April 2020 and then 17% from 1 April 2020.

The movement on the deferred tax account is as shown below:

Asset at 1 January
Change in accounting policy
Restated asset at 1 January
Tax credit recognised in profit and loss
Recognised directly in equity
Tax arising on acquisition
Net/asset at 31 December

2018
£m
1.7
3.8
5.5
(0.9)
(0.4)
(3.7)
0.5

2017
£m
1.6
–

1.6
0.4
(0.3)
–
1.7

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where the Group has a legally enforceable right to do so. All deferred tax has been 
recognised as the Group is consistently profitable, will therefore be tax-paying and so expects to recover all deferred tax assets.

The deferred taxation asset/(liability) consists of the tax effect of temporary differences as follows:

Asset
£m

Liability
£m

1.9
1.5
1.0
–
4.4

–
(0.2)
–
(3.7)
(3.9)

Asset
£m

Liability
£m

0.4
0.2
1.1
1.7

–
–
–
–

Net
£m

1.9
1.3
1.0
(3.7)
0.5

Net
£m

0.4
0.2
1.1
1.7

Credited to

profit or  

loss
£m

–
(1.0)
0.1
–
(0.9)

Charged to
equity
£m

(0.2)
–
(0.2)
–
(0.4)

Credited/ 
(charged)
profit or
loss
£m

Charged to
equity
£m

0.5
0.1
(0.2)
0.4

–
–
(0.3)
(0.3)

2017 
£m

0.2
0.2

Notes

(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)

2018
Number

93,984,626

2018 
£m

0.2
0.2

2017
Number

93,289,973

Number
93,289,973
199,829
381,171
4,457
4,703
14,814
82,059
7,620
93,984,626

2018
Difference in capital allowances and depreciation/
amortisation
Other temporary and deductible differences
Deferred tax on share options
Deferred tax on acquisition of subsidiary
Deferred tax asset/(liability)

2017
Difference in capital allowances and depreciation/
amortisation
Other temporary and deductible differences
Deferred tax on share options
Deferred tax asset/(liability)

24. Share capital

At 31 December the share capital was as follows:

Authorised, allotted and fully paid
Ordinary Shares of £0.0025 each

Ordinary Share movement in the year is as follows:

As at 1 January 2018
May 2018
June 2018
August 2018
September 2018
October 2018
November 2018
December 2018
As at 31 December 2018

(a)  Ordinary Shares were issued to satisfy options which had been exercised.

108

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018In the prior year, the share capital movements were as follows:

As at 1 January 2017
March 2017
May 2017
December 2017
As at 31 December 2017

Number
91,751,499
272,992
1,224,949
40,533
93,289,973

Notes

(a)
(a)
(a)

(a)  Ordinary Shares were issued to satisfy options which had been exercised.

25. Reserves

The following describes the nature and purpose of each reserve within equity:

Reserve
Share premium reserve
Merger reserve

Share option reserve
Foreign exchange reserve

Own shares
Retained earnings

26. Retirement benefits

Description and purpose
Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value.
Represents the share capital and share related movements of the previous holding company 
Gamma Telecom Holdings Limited following the common control transaction in 2014. These financial 
statements incorporate the results of business combinations using the acquisition method with the 
exception of the common control transaction on the forming of the Group. In the statement of 
financial position, the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are initially 
recognised at their fair values at the acquisition date. The results of acquired operations are included 
in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income from the date on which control is obtained. 
They are deconsolidated from the date control ceases.
Represents credit to equity relating to share based payment expense on share options.
Exchange differences relating to the translation of the net assets of the Group’s foreign subsidiaries 
from their functional currency into the parent’s functional currency.
Purchase of own shares under a SIP scheme.
All other net gains and losses and transactions with owners (e.g. dividends) not recognised elsewhere.

The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme for the benefit of its employees. The assets of the scheme are 
administered by trustees in a fund independent from those of the Group. The pension costs charged for each year are  
listed below:

Defined contribution pension scheme

2018 
£m
2.8

2017 
£m
2.1

27. Share based payment expense
Share options granted
On 23 May 2018 the Board approved an issue of options under the Company Share Option Plan which granted 185,424 options 
over £0.0025 Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of £7.3400. These will vest in May 2021.

On 3 April 2018 the Board approved an award under the long term incentive plan for the senior management team.  
315,353 options were granted over £0.0025 Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of £0.0025 per share which will vest on  
3 April 2021 subject to performance conditions. The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting  
from the vesting commencement date, being 3 April 2018.

The awards issued under the long term incentive plan will vest as follows:

•  15% of the shares are subject to an award if annual compound total shareholder return over the performance period equals 

8% and 50% of the shares are subject to an award if the annual compound total shareholder return over the period exceeds or 
equals 15% with pro rata straight line vesting in between; and

•  15% of the shares are subject to an award if annual compound growth of the Group’s adjusted earnings per share over the 

performance period equals 8% between the financial years at the beginning and the end of the performance period and 50% 
of the shares are subject to an award if the annual compound growth of the Group’s adjusted earnings per share exceeds or 
equals 20% with pro rata in between.

On 8 May 2018 the Board approved an issue of options under a Save As You Earn scheme which granted 241,298 options over 
£0.0025 Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of £5.5520. These options will vest in July 2021.

The weighted average fair value of awards granted during the year was £2.91 (2017: £2.30).

109

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceNotes forming part of the financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2018 continued

27. Share based payment expense continued
Share options movements
Movements in the number of options during the year were as follows:

The options below were exercised at a weighted average share price of £7.51, and weighted average exercise price of £1.15, and 
the weighted average exercise price of share options exercisable at 31 December 2018 was £2.34.

2018
Date of grant
6 June 2014
8 May 2015
8 June 2015
15 April 2016
17 May 2016
19 May 2016
5 April 2017
9 May 2017
22 May 2017
3 April 2018
8 May 2018
23 May 2018

Start  
of year
20,000
370,349
358,698
65,382
277,986
605,681
184,032
273,583
261,208
–
–
–

Granted
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
315,353
241,298
185,424

Forfeited/ 
Cancelled
–
–
(21,970)
(2,294)
(25,598)
(33,353)
(13,684)
(15,089)
(41,323)
–
(20,171)
(5,450)

Exercised
–
(281,119)
(336,728)
–
(46,272)
(6,354)
–
(3,099)
(20,973)
–
(108)
–

End  
of year
20,000
89,230
–
63,088
206,116
565,974
170,348
255,395
198,912
315,353
221,019
179,974

Exercise
price
£0.2500
£2.7000
£0.0025
£4.3575
£0.0025
£3.4440
£4.9325
£4.1600
£0.0025
£0.0025
£5.5520
£7.3400

Class of
share
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Notes
(a)
(a)
 (a)
(b)
(c) (l)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(f) (k) (l)
(h)
(i)
(j)

Notes:
(a)  Options have vested and are exercisable.
(b)  The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the grant date, being 15 April 2016.
(c)  The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 31 March 2016.
(d)  The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 1 July 2016.
(e)  The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the grant date, being 5 April 2017.
(f)  The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 31 March 2017.
(g)  The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 1 July 2017.
(h)  The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 3 April 2018.
(i)  The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the grant date, being 23 May 2018.
(j)  The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 1 July 2018.
(k)  The awards vest as follows:

i.    15% of the shares are subject to an award if annual compound total shareholder return over the performance period equals 8% and 50% of the shares are subject 

to an award if the annual compound total shareholder return over the period exceeds or equals 15% with pro rata straight line vesting in between; and

ii.   15% of the shares are subject to an award if annual compound growth of the Company’s adjusted earnings per share over the performance period equals 8% 
between the financial years at the beginning and the end of the performance period and 50% of the shares are subject to an award if the annual compound 
growth of the Company’s adjusted earnings per share exceeds or equals 20% with pro rata in between.

(l) 

 Options for Bob Falconer were vested early in line with the amount of the vesting period up to his leaving date and hence exercised before the rest of the scheme 
becomes exercisable. The unvested shares were cancelled.

There were no lapsed share options during the year.

Apart from the options noted as exercisable, all other options above are outstanding.

Movements in the number of options during the previous year were as follows:

110

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
The options below were exercised at a weighted average share price of £5.35, and weighted average exercise price of £0.013, 
and the weighted average exercise price of share options exercisable at 31 December 2018 was £0.25.

2017
Date of grant
6 June 2014
2 September 2014
6 October 2014
6 October 2014
6 October 2014
8 May 2015
8 June 2015
15 April 2016
17 May 2016
19 May 2016
5 April 2017
9 May 2017
22 May 2017

Start  
of year
60,000
1,155,912
284
272,707
67,892
370,349
455,218
65,382
352,769
641,053
–
–
–

Granted
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
184,032
274,664
321,720

Forfeited/ 
Cancelled
–
–
–
–
–
–
(96,520)
–
(74,783)
(33,678)
–
(1,081)
(60,512)

Exercised
(40,000)
(1,155,912)
(284)
(272,707)
(67,892)
–
–
–
–
(1,694)
–
–
–

End  
of year
20,000
–
–
–
–
370,349
358,698
65,382
277,986
605,681
184,032
273,583
261,208

Exercise
price
£0.2500
£0.0025
£0.0025
£0.0025
£0.0025
£2.7000
£0.0025
£4.3575
£0.0025
£3.4440
£4.9325
£4.1600
£0.0025

Class of
share
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Notes
(a)
(a) (j)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(b)
(c) (j)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(i)
(h) (j)

Notes:
(a)  Options have vested and are exercisable.
(b)  The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 1 April 2014.
(c)  Awards vest on 1 February 2017; there are no vesting conditions.
(d)  The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the grant date, being 8 May 2015.
(e)  The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 31 March 2015.
(f) 

 On 31 October 2015 49,885 options with a vesting date of 1 February 2017 and 157,971 with a vesting date of 1 February 2016 were modified to have a new vesting 
date of 1 June 2016.

(g)  The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the grant date, being 15 April 2016.
(h)  The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 31 March 2016.
(i)  The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 1 July 2016.
(j)  The awards will vest as follows:

i. 

ii. 

 15% of the shares are subject to an award if annual compound total shareholder return over the performance period equals 8% and 50% of the shares are subject 
to an award if the annual compound total shareholder return over the period exceeds or equals 15% with pro rata straight line vesting in between; and
 15% of the shares are subject to an award if annual compound growth of the Company’s adjusted earnings per share over the performance period equals 8% 
between the financial years at the beginning and the end of the performance period and 50% of the shares are subject to an award if the annual compound 
growth of the Company’s adjusted earnings per share exceeds or equals 20% with pro rata in between.

There were no lapsed share options during the year.

The share options are subject to equity-settled share based payments.

The share options outstanding at 31 December 2018 represented 2% of the issued share capital as at that date (2017: 3%) and 
would generate additional funds of £6.9m (2017: £5.4m) if fully exercised. The weighted average remaining life of the share 
options was 15 months (2017: 17 months), with a weighted average remaining exercise price of £3.03 (2017: £2.26).

Share based payment expense
Equity-settled share based payments are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of market-based vesting conditions) at the 
date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share based payments is expensed over the 
vesting period, based on the Company’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest and adjusted for the effect of non-market 
based vesting conditions.

Application of the fair value measurement results in a charge to operating expenses within the subsidiary company Gamma 
Telecom Limited. The charge has been made to the profit and loss account of the subsidiary as the employees’ services are 
provided to the subsidiary company. The charge for each year is as listed below:

Share options issued to key management
Share options issued to other employees
Total share based payment expense

2018
£m
1.0
0.9
1.9

2017
£m
1.0
1.0
2.0

Included within the total share based payment expense of £1.9m (2017: £2.0m) is national insurance of £0.6m (2017: £0.5m).

111

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governance 
 
Notes forming part of the financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2018 continued

27. Share based payment expense continued

Fair value is measured using the Black-Scholes model and the Monte Carlo model (where market performance conditions are 
imposed). The information set out in the table below is used in the calculations. The expected life used in the model assumes 
that vesting conditions will be met and all options will be exercised at the earliest opportunity.

Share price at grant date (pence)
Exercise price (pence)
Expected volatility
Risk free rate
Expected dividend yield

2018
686 – 762
0.25 – 734
25%

2017
500 – 575
0.25 – 493
27%
0.817 – 0.878% 0.182 – 0.263%
1.4%

1.4%

The assumptions relating to volatility and the risk free rate are calculated with reference to other comparable companies within 
the telecommunications sector.

The Group did not enter into any share based payment transactions with parties other than employees during 2017 and 2018.

28. Fair value measurements of financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value in the statement of financial position are grouped into three 
Levels of a fair value hierarchy. The three Levels are defined based on the observability of significant inputs to the 
measurement, as follows:

•  Level 1:  quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

•  Level 2:   inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability,  

either directly or indirectly.

•  Level 3:  unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

The Group only has one Level 3 financial liability being the contingent consideration.

The Group’s finance team performs valuations of financial items for financial reporting purposes, including Level 3 fair values, in 
consultation with third party valuation specialists for complex valuations. Valuation techniques are selected based on the 
characteristics of each instrument, with the overall objective of maximising the use of market-based information. The finance 
team reports directly to the CFO.

The valuation techniques used for instruments categorised in Level 3 are described below.

The fair value of contingent consideration related to the acquisition of DX Group (see note 16) was based on the expected 2019 
EBITDA of the business.

The discount rate used is based on the Group’s estimated cost of debt. The effects on the fair value of risk and uncertainty in 
the future cash flows are dealt with by adjusting the discount rate.

The two most significant sensitivities are a change in future EBITDA and change in the value of sterling. An increase/(decrease) 
by 10% of either of these variables will result in an increase/(decrease) of fair value of £2.25m. As per the agreement the sum of 
the Earnout Amount and the Base Consideration shall never exceed €27.5m and the Earnout Amount shall never exceed 
€14.0m and shall never be negative.

Management has recalculated the fair value of the contingent consideration at the end of each accounting period and there has 
been no material difference in the fair value.

Level 3 fair value measurements
The reconciliation of the carrying amounts of financial instruments classified within Level 3 is as follows:

1 October 2018
Adjustment to contingent consideration
31 December 2018

£m
8.1
–
8.1

112

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 201829. Capital commitments

As at 31 December 2018, amounts contracted for but not provided in the financial statements amounted to £14.4m for the 
Group (2017: £0.1m). This amount is for the purchase of software licences in 2018 and property, plant and equipment in 2017.

The capital commitments in 2018 are payable in USD, with the payable amount being $18.3m. Changes in the exchange rate as a 
result of Brexit could cause variances in the value of the commitment.

30. Related party transactions

Details of key management’s remuneration are given in note 8.

Dividends of £0.4m (2017: £0.3m) were paid to Directors during the year and no dividends were payable to Directors  
at the year end.

There were no other transactions with related parties during the year.

31. Subsequent events

On 4 February 2019 the Group acquired the Nimsys group of companies, for an initial consideration of £3.5m (€4.0m) (net of 
acquired cash and debt), with up to another £3.2m (€3.6m) payable contingent on performance in 2019 and 2020, converted 
using the acquisition date exchange rate of 1.1414. Nimsys is based in the Netherlands and provides internet, cloud telephony 
and associated IT services primarily to the operators and tenants of premium multi-tenant office buildings across the 
Netherlands and derives its revenue primarily from recurring service contracts with those operators and their tenants.

Due to the proximity of the acquisition to the publication of these accounts and given the materiality of the transaction,  
the Group has not yet completed the purchase price allocation and it is impracticable to give further information.

32. Ultimate controlling party

There is no ultimate controlling party.

113

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceCompany balance sheet 
As at 31 December 2018

Fixed assets
Investments

Current assets
Debtors
Cash at bank and in hand

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Net current assets
Total assets less current liabilities

Capital and reserves
Called-up equity share capital
Share premium account
Share option reserve
Profit and loss account
Shareholders’ funds

Note

3

4

5

6

2018
£m

11.0
11.0

64.5
6.5
71.0
(21.1)
49.9
60.9

0.2
4.6
10.8
45.3
60.9

2017
£m

9.3
9.3

45.1
6.1
51.2
(13.1)
38.1
47.4

0.2
3.8
9.1
34.3
47.4

As a consolidated statement of comprehensive income is published, a separate profit and loss account for the parent company 
is omitted from the Group financial statements by virtue of section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The profit in respect of the 
Company for the year was £19.1m (2017: £13.1m).

The financial statements of Gamma Communications plc (registered number 08943488) on pages 114 to 115 were approved and 
authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 11 March 2019 and were signed on its behalf by:

Andrew Belshaw 
Chief Financial Officer

The notes on pages 116 to 118 form part of these financial statements.

114

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Company statement of changes in equity 
For the year ended 31 December 2018

1 January 2017
Dividends paid
Share based payments
Issue of shares
Transaction with owners

Total comprehensive income

31 December 2017

1 January 2018
Dividends paid
Share based payments
Issue of shares
Transaction with owners

Total comprehensive income

31 December 2018

Share  
capital
£m
0.2
–
–
–
–

–

0.2

0.2
–
–
–
–

–

0.2

 Share 
premium 
reserve
£m
3.7
–
–
0.1
0.1

Share  
option 
reserve
£m
7.6
–
1.5
–
1.5

Profit and loss 
account
£m
28.5
(7.3)
–
–
(7.3)

–

3.8

3.8
–
–
0.8
0.8

–

4.6

–

9.1

9.1
–
1.7
–
1.7

–

10.8

13.1

34.3

34.3
(8.1)
–
–
(8.1)

19.1

45.3

Total 
equity
£m
40.0
(7.3)
1.5
0.1
(5.7)

13.1

47.4

47.4
(8.1)
1.7
0.8
(5.6)

19.1

60.9

115

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceNotes forming part of the Company financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2018

The cost of acquisition is the amount of cash or cash 
equivalents paid and the fair value of other purchase 
consideration given by the acquirer, together with the 
expenses of the acquisition. Where the payment of 
consideration for an acquisition is to be made after the date  
of acquisition, reasonable estimates of the amounts expected 
to be paid are included in the cost of acquisition at their 
present values.

The cost of acquisition is adjusted when revised estimates are 
made, with consequential corresponding adjustments 
continuing to be made to the cost of the investment, and 
therefore goodwill, until the ultimate amount is known.

Financial assets
The Company does not have any financial assets which it 
would classify at fair value through profit or loss, available for 
sale or held to maturity. Therefore, all financial assets are 
classed as loans and receivables as defined below.

Loans and receivables
These assets are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or 
determinable payments that are not quoted in an active 
market. They arise principally through the provision of goods 
and services to customers (e.g. trade receivables), but also 
incorporate other types of contractual monetary asset.

They are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs 
that are directly attributable to their acquisition or issue and 
are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method, less provision for impairment.

Impairment provisions are recognised when there is objective 
evidence (such as significant financial difficulties on the part of 
the counterparty or default or significant delay in payment) 
that the Company will be unable to collect all of the amounts 
due, the amount of such a provision being the difference 
between the net carrying amount and the present value of the 
future expected cash flows associated with the impaired 
receivable. 

The Company’s loans and receivables comprise amounts due 
from Group undertakings, other receivables and cash and 
cash equivalents in the statement of financial position. Cash 
and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at 
call with banks and other short term highly liquid investments 
with original maturities of three months or less. Bank 
overdrafts are shown within loans and borrowings in current 
liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Financial liabilities and equity
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified 
according to the substance of the contractual arrangements 
entered into.

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual 
interest in the assets of the entity after deducting all of its 
financial liabilities.

Dividends and distributions relating to equity instruments are 
debited direct to equity.

1. Accounting policies
General information
The Company’s principal activity is to act as a holding 
company that does not trade with third parties. The Group,  
of which this Company is part, is principally engaged in the 
provision of communications and software services  
for business.

The Company is a public company and is incorporated and 
domiciled in the UK. The address of its registered office is 
5 Fleet Place, London, EC4M 7RD.

Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with Financial Reporting Standard 100 Application of Financial 
Reporting Requirements and Financial Reporting Standard 
101 Reduced Disclosure Framework.

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation 
of the financial statements are set out below. The policies 
have been consistently applied to all the years presented, 
unless otherwise stated.

The financial statements have been prepared on a historical 
cost basis, except for the revaluation of certain properties  
and financial instruments. The presentation currency used  
is sterling and amounts have been presented in round  
millions (‘£m’).

The financial statements are prepared on the going concern 
basis. In assessing whether the going concern assumption is 
appropriate, the Directors have taken into account all relevant 
available information about the future trading including profit 
and cash forecasts and available facilities and funding. It is 
therefore considered appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in the preparation of the annual  
financial statements. 

As a consolidated profit and loss account is published, a 
separate profit and loss account for the parent company is 
omitted from the Group financial statements by virtue of 
section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The profit in respect 
of the Company for the year was £19.1m (2017: £13.1m).

Disclosure exemptions adopted
In preparing these financial statements the Company has 
taken advantage of all disclosure exemptions conferred by 
FRS 101. Therefore these financial statements do not include:

(a)  certain disclosures regarding the Company’s capital;
(b)  a statement of cash flows;
(c)  
(d) 

the effect of future accounting standards not yet adopted;
 the disclosure of the remuneration of key management 
personnel;
 disclosure of related party transactions with other wholly 
owned members of the Group headed by Gamma 
Communications plc; and

(e) 

(f)   disclosures in respect of financial instruments.

Investments
Shares in Group undertakings are initially recorded at cost 
and subsequently adjusted for capital contributions related to 
share based payments and any provisions for impairment.

116

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 20182. Critical accounting judgements and estimates

Gamma Communications plc is a non-complex entity primarily holding intercompany debtors and creditors. As such there are 
no critical judgements or accounting estimates that represent a risk of material misstatement over the next 12 months.

3. Investments

At 1 January 2018
Capital contributions arising from share based payments
At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2018 the Company held share capital of the following subsidiaries.

2018
 £m
9.3
1.7
11.0

Nature of business

Country of 
incorporation
United Kingdom Intermediate holding company Direct ownership
United Kingdom Telephony services
United Kingdom Telephony services
United Kingdom Telephony services

Ownership  
by the Company

Name
Gamma Telecom Holdings Limited
Gamma Telecom Limited
Gamma Business Communications Limited
Gamma Network Solutions Limited
Gamma Development KfT (formerly Peach Amber KfT) Hungary
Gamma Communications Netherlands B.V.
DX Groep B.V.
Dean One B.V.
Schiphol Connect B.V.
Gamma Communications Ireland Ltd
Gamma Communications US Inc
Uniworld Bureau Services Limited

Software services
Netherlands
Intermediate holding company
Netherlands
Intermediate holding company
Netherlands
Telephony services
Netherlands
Telephony services
Ireland
Telephony services
Dormant
United States
United Kingdom Dormant

Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership

2017
£m
7.8
1.5
9.3

Notes
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(d)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(a)

Notes: 
(a)  Registered Office: 5 Fleet Place, London, EC4M 7RD, England. 
(b)  Registered Office: 1054 Budapest, Széchenyi Rakpart 8, Hungary. 
(c)  Office address: 5 Fleet Place, London, EC4M 7RD, England. 

(d)  Office address: Krijgsman 75, 1186 DR Amstelveen, the Netherlands.
(e)  Registered Office: 6th floor, 2 Grand Canal Square, Dublin 2. 
(f)  Registered Office: 1313 N. Market Street, Suite 5100, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801, USA.

Gamma Telecom Limited is also a member of NP4UK Limited which is a dormant company (limited by guarantee) incorporated 
in the United Kingdom.

4. Debtors

Amounts due from Group undertakings
Other debtors

2018 
£m
64.5
–
64.5

Amounts due from Group undertakings are payable on demand.

The Group has considered the expected credit loss arising on amounts due from Group undertakings. All subsidiaries are 
profitable and pay annual dividends. Therefore the value of the expected credit loss is negligible.

5. Creditors

Amounts due to Group undertakings
Accruals

2018 
£m
21.1
–
21.1

2017 
£m
45.0
0.1
45.1

2017 
£m
13.0
0.1
13.1

117

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceNotes forming part of the Company financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2018 continued

6. Share capital

Details of the share capital and movement during the year are given in note 24 to the consolidated financial statements.

7. Dividends paid

Details of the dividends paid during the year are given in note 11 to the consolidated financial statements.

8. Contingent liabilities

The Company had no contingent liabilities at 31 December 2017 or 31 December 2018.

9. Capital commitments

The Company had no capital commitments at 31 December 2017 or 31 December 2018.

10. Related party transactions

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption available within FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework not to disclose 
transactions with other members of the Group headed by the Company. See note 30 to the consolidated financial statements 
for details of the disclosed related party transactions.

118

Financial statements continuedGamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Supplementary information

Company information

Registered Office

Legal Advisers to the Company

Bird & Bird LLP 
15 Fetter Lane 
London 
EC4A 1JP 

Registrar

Capita Registrars Limited 
The Registry 
34 Beckenham Road 
Beckenham 
Kent 
BR3 4TU 

Company website

www.gamma.co.uk 

Company number

08943488

5 Fleet Place 
London  
EC4M 7RD 

Head Office

Kings House 
Kings Road West 
Newbury 
Berkshire 
RG14 5BY 

Nominated Adviser and Broker

Investec Bank plc 
30 Gresham Street 
London 
EC2V 7QP 

Auditors to the Company

Deloitte LLP 
Abbots House 
Abbey Street 
Reading 
RG1 3BD 
United Kingdom 

119

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCorporate governanceSupplementary information continued

Notes

120

Gamma Communications plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018This Report is printed on material which is derived from sustainable sources. Both the manufacturing 
paper mill and printer are registered to the Environmental Management System ISO 14001 and are 
Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC) chain-of-custody certified.

Designed and produced by SampsonMay
Telephone: 020 7403 4099 www.sampsonmay.com

G

a

m

m

a

C

o

m

m

u

n

i

c

a

t

i

o

n

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

8

www.gamma.co.uk

  @gammauk

  @gamma_business

  Gamma

  Gamma